AMI Instruments Lattice GO

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Lattice Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on May 15, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI Instruments
Lattice Series

X-Ray Diffractometer

High-power X-ray diffractometer
Desktop XRD combines high-power X-ray & photon-counting 2D array
Photon-counting detector delivers lab-grade XRD in minutes

$X-Ray Diffraction Lattice Series ● High-power X-ray diffractometer. ● Desktop XRD combines high-power X-ray & photon-counting 2D array. ● Photon-counting detector delivers lab-grade XRD in minutes.$

The Lattice Series redefines benchtop X-ray diffraction by combining high-power performance with compact design. Equipped with a powerful 600 W (Lattice Mini) or 1600 W X-ray source and a high-efficiency, direct-read 2D photon detector, the Lattice Series delivers exceptional data intensity and accuracy—making it ideal for demanding analytical environments.

Available in three configurations—Lattice Mini, Lattice Basic, and Lattice Pro—this series accommodates a wide range of technical and budgetary needs, from simple phase identification to complex in-situ studies. All models offer excellent signal-to-noise ratio and fast scan speeds, providing lab-grade data from a desktop system.

Whether you’re analysing complex powders, crystalline materials, or conducting highthroughput measurements, the Lattice Series provides lab-grade results with speed, power, and precision—all in a desktop footprint.

Key Features

• High-Power X-ray Source

Choose between 600 W or 1600 W configurations for high-intensity data collection and rapid scanning.

• 2D Photon Direct-Read Detector

A 256 × 256 pixel array captures sharp, high-resolution diffraction patterns with an excellent signal-to-noise ratio.

• Exceptional Angular Accuracy

Achieve step sizes as small as ±0.01° 2θ and ensure a consistent peak matching with standard reference materials.

• Flexible Goniometer Options

Theta–2Theta geometry for standard analysis (Mini & Basic) or Theta–Theta for enhanced sample stability (Pro).

• Fast, Reliable Scanning

Obtain full-spectrum data in minutes—ideal for routine QA and high-throughput labs.

• Compact Benchtop Design

Fits seamlessly into modern lab environments without sacrificing performance or requiring floor space.

• Expandable Functionality (Lattice Pro)

Supports advanced modules for residual stress testing, high-temperature stages, in-situ battery studies, and thin film analysis.

• User-Friendly Operation

Intuitive software and streamlined hardware design simplify training and daily use.

Specification

Specification	Lattice Mini	Lattice Basic	Lattice Pro

Model	Lattice Mini	Lattice Basic	Lattice Pro
X-Ray Tube Power	600 W	1600 W	1600 W
X-Ray Tube Target Material	Standard Cu target, Co optional
Goniometer	Theta / 2-theta, radius 158 mm	Theta / 2-theta, radius 170 mm	Theta / theta, radius 170 mm
Maximum Scanning Range	−3° to 156°
Theta Minimum Step Size	±0.01°
Detector	Photon direct-read 2D array detector
Detector Energy Resolution	0.2
Volume & Weight	L 25.6 in (650 mm) × W 19.7 in (500 mm) × H 15.8 in (400 mm), 132 lbs (60 kg)	L 35.5 in (900 mm) × W 26.8 in (680 mm) × H 21.7 in (500 mm), 220 lbs (100 kg)	L 35.5 in (900 mm) × W 26.8 in (680 mm) × H 21.7 in (500 mm), 220 lbs (100 kg)
Sample Stage	Standard chip stage
Options	N/A	Five-bit injector; In situ battery test accessories	Five-bit injector; In situ battery test accessories; High-temp sample station (customizable up to RT–600°C / RT–1000°C); Residual stress fixture (custom); Film sample stage 2.4 in (60 mm) × 2.4 in (60 mm)

Examples

Miller Indices	XRD Peak Comparison
Miller Indices	Theoretical Peak Position	Measured Peak Position	Difference
012	25.579	25.577	0.0020
104	35.153	35.150	0.0030
116	57.497	57.497	0.0000
10̅10	76.871	76.872	0.0010
02̅10	88.997	88.996	-0.0010
01̅14	116.612	116.610	-0.0020

Comparison of Theoretical Peak Positions and Measured Peak Positions for Corundum Standard Sample

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

DSC 600

Written by Sophie Lindsey on May 15, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI Instruments
DSC 600

Differential Scanning Calorimeter

Flexible cooling systems: water, mechanical, or liquid nitrogen (LN2)
Ultra-light mineral furnace design reduces heat loss and enhances thermal uniformity
Optional high-pressure DSC model supports measurements up to 1000 psi

The DSC 600 from Advanced Measurement Instruments (AMI) is the next generation of Differential Scanning Calorimeters (DSC), crafted to meet the evolving needs of professionals in materials research, chemical engineering, quality control, petrochemicals, and pharmaceuticals. Designed for precision, reliability, and affordability, the DSC 600 sets new standards in thermal analysis.

At the heart of the DSC 600 is its innovative heat flux plate, engineered to capture the smallest energy changes with unmatched sensitivity and accuracy. This powerful capability enables precise measurements across a broad spectrum of applications, including enthalpy, glass transition, heat of crystallization, purity determination, and heat capacity.

Equipped with an ultra-light furnace, the DSC 600 ensures excellent thermal conductivity and stability, delivering consistent performance across a wide temperature range. With a selection of specialized heat flux plates, it can be tailored to meet diverse testing needs,enhancing efficiency and flexibility in every lab.

Key Features

Precision

High-sensitivity heat flow sensor platform delivers calorimetric accuracy of ±0.1%. With four distinct heat flow sensor types available, it comprehensively meets the precise measurement needs of diverse materials, accommodating a wide range of experimental and application scenarios.

Featuring innovative furnace technology and unique sensor design, the system achieves exceptional baseline repeatability while offering low noise, high sensitivity, and outstanding resolution. This ensures the detection of even minute thermal changes that might otherwise be lost in noise.

Stability

The mineral-insulated furnace body design combines excellent thermal conductivity with corrosion resistance, while dual-PID temperature control ensures data accuracy and stability.

Advanced circumferential heating technology and a proprietary dual-PID control system guarantee precise adherence to programmed temperature profiles during both heating and cooling phases. With temperature control accuracy of ±0.01°C, the system significantly minimizes thermal fluctuations that could compromise experimental results.

Ease of Use

The intuitive software interface features streamlined UI and modular architecture, enabling effortless operation. Researchers can quickly master experimental setup, data analysis, and all critical workflows.

The maintenance optimized furnace design allows easy cleaning even after sample contamination during loading, significantly enhancing experimental efficiency while extending equipment service life.

High-Precision Heat Flow Sensor

The self-developed high-sensitivity heat flow sensor platform delivers low noise, high sensitivity, and exceptional resolution to reliably detect minute thermal variations that might otherwise be obscured by noise.

Four Types of Heat Flow Sensors

The DSC600 offers four types of heat flow sensor platforms: standard testing type, high-sensitivity type (for biopharmaceutical materials), corrosion-resistant type (for corrosive samples), and energetic materials type (for chemical reactions). These sensors meet the requirements of different application scenarios and sample types.

Precision Temperature Control

The system utilizes circumferential heating technology and a proprietary dual-PID control system to ensure exact adherence to programmed temperature curves during heating/cooling processes. With a temperature control accuracy of ±0.01°C, it effectively minimizes thermal fluctuations that could compromise experimental results.

Ultralight Mineral Furnace

The silver-constructed furnace body delivers exceptional thermal conductivity and stability, ensuring precise temperature control and rapid thermal response. The pure silver material effectively minimizes heat loss while enhancing analytical efficiency, achieving uniform heating/cooling across samples. Its superior corrosion resistance extends instrument service life, accommodating diverse experimental environments.

Automatic Gas Switching Control

The multi-channel gas inlet device enables automatic gas switching during experiments. This integrated unit combines four or six gas lines into a single module to meet the demands of frequent gas changes across different testing procedures.

Gas Preheating Function

The furnace incorporates heated gas lines at the inlet ports, enabling gas preheating before entering the sample chamber. This design stabilizes experimental conditions and enhances testing efficiency.

Three High-Efficiency Cooling Systems

The DSC 600 is equipped with three high-efficiency cooling systems, offering versatile refrigeration options: water bath cooling, mechanical refrigeration, and liquid nitrogen cooling.

The water bath cooling system regulates furnace temperatures from 10°C to 600°C, ideal for scenarios not requiring cryogenic conditions, such as polymer melting point and crystallization temperature analysis. The mechanical refrigeration system covers a temperature range of -90°C to 450°C, widely used in polymer material analysis, including glass transition studies, crystallization kinetics research, and conventional low-temperature testing applications.

The liquid nitrogen cooling system utilizes the endothermic properties of evaporating liquid nitrogen for rapid cooling, with a furnace temperature range of -150°C to 600°C. It is primarily employed for ultra-low temperature research, such as metal alloy phase transitions, superconducting material analysis, and rapid quenching experiments, including amorphous material preparation and fast cooling process studies.
Software

Standard Functions:

Glass transition analysis (2-point or 6-point method)

Onset/peak temperature determination

Peak integration

Melting peak analysis

Crystallinity measurement

Data smoothing

Baseline correction

Optional Functions:

Specific Heat Capacity: The system rapidly determines specific heat values by testing samples alongside reference materials with known heat capacity (e.g., sapphire) under identical conditions.

Experiment Program Setup Interface
Applications

Cold Crystallization Behavior of PET

The crystal growth and degree of crystallization depend on the polymer type, cooling rate, or isothermal aging time. The calculation method for crystallization enthalpy is the same as that for melting enthalpy. Cold crystallization is the process of crystal growth during heating. This exothermic event precedes crystal melting.

Glass Transition Analysis

The glass transition temperature (Tg) of polymers refers to the temperature range at which they transition from a rigid “glassy” state to a flexible “rubbery” state, significantly affecting their usability, particularly in elastomers. Understanding Tg is crucial for quality control, process optimization, ensuring product performance, and maintaining material consistency.

Phase Transformation of Nickel-Titanium Alloys

The Af temperature refers to the phase transition temperature of nickel-titanium alloys, marking the transformation from the high-temperature phase (a-phase) to the low-temperature phase (f-phase). In the high-temperature phase, the crystal structure of nickel-titanium alloy exhibits a cubic system, while in the lowtemperature phase it transforms into a monoclinic system. This phase transition temperature change gives nickel-titanium alloys their shape memory properties. These shape memory characteristics enable important applications across various fields, such as medical devices, aerospace, and mechanical engineering.

Typical Applications

Melting Temperature

Crystallization Temperature

Heat of Chemical Reaction

Glass Transition Temperature

Specific Heat Capacity

Degree of Crystallinity

Degree of Cure

Oxidative Stability

Thermal Stability

Solid-State Phase Transition

Liquid Crystal Phase Transition

Aging of Materials

Polymorph

Materials

Thermoplastics
Thermosets
Rubbers
Catalysts
Phenolics
Pharmaceuticals
Chemicals
Coals and other fuels
Nuclear Research
Foods
Cosmetics
Explosives

Specifications

Specification	Option 1	Option 2	Option 3
Temperature Range	-150~600°C
Temperature Accuracy	±0.1°C
Temperature Precision	±0.01°C
Program Rate	0.1~200°C/min
Cooling Mode	Water Cooling	Refrigerated Cooling	Liquid Nitrogen Cooling
Maximum Temperature	600°C	450°C	600°C
Minimum Temperature	Ambient Temperature	-40°C or -90°C	-150°C
Calorimetric Accuracy	±0.1%
Noise	0.5 μW
Gas	Nitrogen, Argon, Helium, Compressed Air, Oxygen, etc.
Sampling Frequency	10 Hz
Weight	27 lbs.
Dimensions	17 in (W) × 17 in (D) × 9.5 in (H)
Options
Gas Controller	4 Channel Automatic Gas Switching
Software Functions	Specific Heat Capacity

Accessories

Crucibles

Crucibles serve as sample containers in thermal analysis measurements, effectively protecting sensors and preventing measurement contamination. The selection of crucible type is critical for result quality. We offer various crucible options to meet different testing requirements, ensuring accurate and reliable measurement results.

Pellet Press

The crucible pellet press elevates sample encapsulation to higher performance and convenience, suitable for routine and hermetic testing of various materials. The standard model is specifically designed for solid sample crucibles, while the universal model handles both solid and liquid sample crucibles, offering greater flexibility for your experiments.

Fully Automated Chiller

The fully automated recirculating bath enables precise continuous temperature control within the range of -10°C to 90°C. When coupled with the water-cooled DSC 600 system, it achieves rapid furnace cooling, significantly enhancing experimental efficiency.

Gas Selector Accessory

The gas selector supports one-button switching across multiple gases, accommodating up to 4 input ports. It simplifies valve disassembly and assembly when sampling different gases, effectively minimizing leakage risks associated with manual handling. Additionally, the instrument features an automatic purging process, ensuring efficient gas line purification and seamless, automated switching between gases.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

TMA 800

Written by Sophie Lindsey on May 15, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI Instruments
TMA 800

Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser

Accurately measures glass transition temperature and stress relief points.
Broad temperature range: ambient to 800°C (Optional –80°C to 800°C with RCS system).
High-sensitivity LVDT sensor detects minute dimensional changes with exceptional precision.

The TMA 800 is built on a proven vertical design that incorporates an advanced Oil Float Suspension System, delivering the stability and precision required for accurate measurement of thermal expansion, glass transition, and other thermomechanical properties across a wide range of materials.

Engineered for both performance and ease of use, the TMA 800 provides exceptional data quality for analysing coefficients of thermal expansion (CTE), stress relaxation, and dimensional change. It is ideally suited for high-reliability applications in electronics, composites, advanced polymers, and more. With a wide operating temperature range from −80 °C to 800 °C and multiple test modes available, the TMA 800 offers outstanding versatility to meet a broad range of application needs.

Thermal expansion is a primary cause of mechanical stress and failure in electronic components, PCB assemblies, and multilayer structures. Accurately determining the glass transition temperature—the point at which softening and stress relief begin—or the onset of delamination is critical to product development, performance, and reliability in thermal environments.

The TMA 800 is a rugged, easy-to-use system designed for both routine testing and advanced research. It features a motorized furnace lift for smooth, safe repositioning after loading, with integrated position sensors to ensure operator protection. Its all-metal furnace is built to deliver thousands of hours of failure- free performance, while its vertical geometry supports samples ranging from a few microns to over a centimeter tall—ideal for measuring both small components and low-expansion materials such as circuit boards.

Whether you’re characterising high-performance materials or qualifying components for harsh service environments, the TMA 800 offers the accuracy, reliability, and usability demanded by today’s materials labs.

Key Features

True Vertical Alignment for Accuracy

Unlike most TMA units that use U-shaped geometry for convenience, the TMA 800 features a direct, vertical in-line design. This configuration minimizes friction, ensures uniform force application, and reduces noise and sample deformation—delivering superior measurement precision.

Oil Float Suspension System (Exclusive to the TMA 800)

During softening or transition, even slight mechanical noise or unintentional force can distort results. The Oil Float Suspension System supports the full weight of the probe and force coil, ensuring that only the intended force is applied. This system also dampens external vibrations, ensuring greater accuracy and protection of delicate materials.

Interchangeable Probes & Sample Holders

Easily switch between expansion, flexure, and penetration probes to meet a wide range of testing requirements. A specialised accessory allows for convenient mounting of films, fibers, and other delicate specimens, supporting industry-standard testing methods.

Advanced, Computerised Operation

The TMA 800 is fully computerised, with most functions controlled via an intuitive software interface. The pre-calibrated temperature sensor provides precise temperature readings, and calibration routines are straightforward—even for fast-scanning or complex samples. Software capabilities include:

• Real-time data display
• Automatic zeroing and sample height reading
• Curve optimisation and overlay
• Program archiving, comparison, and automated calculations

Cross-section of the TMA

The TMA 800 is an outstanding solution for laboratories seeking a cost-effective yet high- performance instrument to meet regulatory requirements for thermal expansion—especially in electronics, aerospace, composites, and other sensitive industries where dimensional stability is critical. Here are a few ways the TMA 800 is engineered for precision thermal analysis:

• The cold sink surface is cooled by a heat exchanger that easily connects to an external chiller using a single-bolt attachment, simplifying low-temperature operation.
• The 40 mm furnace height provides an exceptionally wide and uniform temperature zone, ensuring consistent heating across the full sample length.
• A high-resolution Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) sensor offers both the sensitivity to detect micron-level changes and the range to track large dimensional shifts.
• The submerged float supports the full weight of the sample probe and core rod while dampening external vibrations and protecting sensitive quartz components.
• The core rod and probe are fully supported by AMI’s unique Oil Float Suspension System, delivering friction-free motion and unmatched force control during softening transitions.

Whether you’re focused on glass transition detection, CTE measurement, or structural deformation, the TMA 800 is optimised to deliver the accuracy, repeatability, and confidence your lab demands.

Technical Specs

Technology	Low-angle forward light scattering with additional PIDS(Polarization Intensity Differential Scattering) Technology. Analysis of vertical and horizontal polarized light at six different angles using three additional wavelengths. Full implementation of both Fraunhofer and Mie Theories.
Light Source	Diffraction: Laser Diode (785 nm) PIDS: Tungsten lamp with high-quality band-pass filters (475, 613 and 900 nm)
Particle size analysis range	Measurement range: 10 nm – 3,500 µm Dry Powder System Module (DPS): 400 nm – 2,000 µm Universal Liquid Module (ULM): 10 nm – 2,ooo µm
Electrical interface	USB
Power consumption	≤ 6 amps @ 90 – 125 VAC ≤ 3 amps @ 220 – 240 VAC
Temperature range	10 – 40°C (50 – 104°F)
Humidity	0 – 90% without condensation
Compliance	Creates 21 CFR Part 11 enabling features RoHS Certifications: – EU EMC Directive 2014/30/EU – CISPR 11:2009/A1:2010 – Australia and New Zealand RCM Mark
Data export file formats	XLSX, TSV, PDF
File import capability	From all LS 13 320 Legacy and LS 13 320 XR system
*Software operating system	Requires Microsoft Windows 10, 64-bit environment (US, English regional settings only)
Dimensions	Height: 19.5″ (49.53 cm) Width: 37″ (93.98 cm) Depth: 10″ (25.4 cm)
Weight	52 lbs (23.5 kg)

Specifications

Specification	TMA 800

Model	TMA 800
Isothermal Stability	± 0.4 °C
Probe Control	Oil float system and electronic force
Thermocouple Type	Type K Nickel-Chromel
Temperature Range	Ambient °C to 800 °C (−80 °C to 800 °C with RCS system)
Temperature Program	0.1 °C/min to 60 °C/min
Temperature Accuracy	1 °C
Temperature Precision	1 °C
Maximum Sample Size	Up to 10 mm in length
Maximum Load	2N
Cooling System	Water cooling (standard); RCS cooling (optional)
Testing Geometries	Expansion, tensile, penetration, 3-point bending, compression, dilatometer
Power Requirements	100–120 / 220–240V, 60 / 50Hz
Options	Multi-channel gas inlet controller (gas switching for up to four gases)

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

STA 650/1200/1500

Written by Sophie Lindsey on May 14, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI Instruments
STA 650/1200/1500

Simultaneous Thermal Analyser

Simultaneous measurement of TGA and DSC (DTA) for comprehensive thermal analysis.
Optimized for evolved gas analysis with high-resolution detection of micro-scale mass
Micro furnace design significantly reduces gas buoyancy and enhances baseline stability

AMI is pleased to introduce the next-generation STA (Simultaneous Thermal Analyzer), a state-of-the-art instrument for advanced thermal analysis.
Incorporating a 0.1-microgram balance resolution, sophisticated control algorithms, and an innovative hang-down design, the STA offers exceptional precision and reliability in a cost-effective, high-performance system.

The STA Series enables simultaneous Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) and Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) or Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA) on a single sample within a single test cycle. Built for precision and reliability, the STA delivers comprehensive thermal profiles without the need for running multiple experiments, ultimately saving you both time and valuable sample material.

Engineered for quality control, routine testing, academic research, and industrial R&D, the STA Series combines robust construction with user-friendly software for a cost-effective solution in high-precision thermal analysis.

The STA is powered by Infinity Pro Thermal Analysis software, a simple Windows-based platform that provides all the essential features needed to analyze and interpret your thermal data.

Key Features

True Hang-Down Balance Design

Industry-leading stability, sensitivity, and long-term drift resistance for reliable and repeatable measurements without the need for buoyancy corrective experiments.

High Sensitivity Microbalance

Sub-microgram-level accuracy across a broad temperature range, providing confidence in your thermal and mass loss data.

24-Bit Resolution

High-precision measurement of temperature, delta T, and weight with minimal noise and high digital fidelity.

Small Swept Volume Furnace Cup (7.5mL)

Enhances temperature uniformity and gas exchange efficiency.

Simultaneous TGA/DSC or DTA

Perform thermogravimetric and calorimetric analyses in a single run— ideal for decomposition, oxidation, and phase transitions.

Dual Purge Gas System

Separate channels for purge and protective gases allow for fine control of the experimental atmosphere.

Broad Temperature Range

Furnace operation up to 1500°C under inert, oxidizing, or reducing gas environments.

Motor-Driven Furnace Lift

Ensures automated, smooth movement of the furnace for consistent sample positioning.

Specifications

Specification	-40°C – 650°C	Ambient – 1200°C	Ambient – 1500°C

Temperature	-40°C – 650°C	Ambient – 1200°C	Ambient – 1500°C
Programmed Rate	0.1 – 100 °C/min	0.1 – 40 °C/min
DSC Sensitivity	< 1 μW	< 4 μW
TGA Measuring Range	+/- 200 mg
TGA Readability	0.1 μg
Thermocouple	Type K	Type R
DSC / DTA Mode	Yes

Capabilities

Evolved Gas Analysis (EGA) Compatibility

Interface with mass spectrometry (MS) or FTIR systems for evolved gas studies during thermal decomposition.

4-Gas Selector System

Automates delivery of up to four different gases for programmable switching during analysis.

Sub-Ambient System (650°C Model)

Low-temperature furnace models support experiments starting below room temperature

High-Temperature Flexibility

Optional DSC-only high-temperature mode to allow DSC-only to 1,500°C
Optional TGA-only high-capacity mode for larger or reactive samples

For more details about the additional customization options or to request a quote, Explore additional options for your STA Instrument.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

TGA 1000/1200/1500

Written by Sophie Lindsey on May 14, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI Instruments
TGA 1000/1200/1500

Thermogravimetric Analyser

Temperature range options: ambient to 1000°C / 1200°C / 1500°C.

Insulated balance housing minimizes thermal drift and ensures accurate mass measurements.

Combines high sensitivity, low drift design, and robust thermal insulation.

The TGA Series combines research-grade capabilities with an accessible price point, delivering high-performance thermal analysis tools without compromising on quality. Equipped with advanced high-sensitivity microbalances and compact, state-of-the-art furnaces, these instruments provide unparalleled precision, drastically reduce buoyancy effects, and ensure superior temperature responsiveness.

Renowned for their reliability and versatility, the TGA Series instruments are trusted across a wide range of industries, including plastics, rubber, adhesives, fibers, pharmaceuticals,environmental energy, petrochemicals, and food science. These instruments meet critical customer needs by enabling the characterisation and analysis of parameters such as material decomposition temperatures, mass loss percentages, component contents, and residual mass.

Key Features

Proprietary Microbalance

The proprietary TGA microbalance combines high sensitivity, low drift technology, and thermal insulation design to deliver exceptional weighing accuracy. With a resolution as precise as 0.1 μg, it is ideal for high-precision measurements of trace samples. The low-drift technology minimizes the impact of environmental factors, ensuring stable data even in long-duration experiments, while reducing errors caused by drift. Additionally, the thermal insulation design protects the balance from external temperature fluctuations, maintaining internal temperature stability and ensuring reliable results, even in conditions of rapid temperature change or high heat.

Miniature Furnace

The compact heating furnace is designed to significantly minimize gas buoyancy effects, ensuring that dynamic curve drift in TGA remains under 25 μg without requiring additional blank tests. Additionally, the furnace delivers a rapid temperature response, achieving heating rates of up to 300°C/min, which dramatically shortens experimental time and enhances overall work efficiency.

Precise Temperature Control

The advanced heating technology combined with a dual PID control system ensures precise adherence to the set temperature curve during both heating and cooling processes. With a temperature control accuracy of ±0.1°C, this system significantly reduces the influence of temperature fluctuations, delivering highly reliable experimental results.

Multiple furnace options are available to meet the specific temperature
requirements of different materials. With a maximum temperature
capability of up to 1500°C, these furnaces are designed to satisfy the
rigorous demands of both experimental and industrial applications.

Wide Temperature Range

Multiple furnace options are available to meet the specific temperature requirements of different materials. With a maximum temperature capability of up to 1500°C, these furnaces are designed to satisfy the rigorous demands of both experimental and industrial applications.

Furnace Auto-Lift System

The instrument is equipped with an automatic furnace lifting system, simplifying experimental operations and preventing equipment damage or safety incidents caused by improper manual handling.

Water Cooling System

The fully automated recirculating bath provides precise and continuous temperature control, which effectively and rapidly reduces the TGA furnace temperature, significantly shortening the experimental time.

Automatic Gas Switching Control

The gas selector supports one-button switching across multiple gases, accommodating up to 4 input ports. The device features an integrated design, consolidating four gas channels into a single module to meet the need for frequent gas switching during different testing processes.

Evolved Gas Analysis

TGA can be combined with other analytical instruments for online monitoring and qualitative analysis of evolved gases, such as mass spectrometers (MS) or Fourier-transform infrared spectrometers (FTIR).
Software

Standard Functions

· 2-point or 6-point mass loss analysis

· Peak temperature analysis

· Weight loss step analysis

· Mass loss initiation point

· Residual mass calculation

· 1st and 2nd derivative analysis

· Data smoothing

·Baseline subtraction

Optional Functions

High-Resolution thermogravimetric analysis:
Enables effective separation of overlapping mass loss regions, improving resolution, and quickly obtaining experimental data over a wide tempera-ture range.

Experiment Program Setup Interface
Applications

Materials

– Petrochemical products
– Coal and other fuels
– Explosives
– Cosmetics
– Thermoplastic materials
– Thermosetting materials
– Rubber
– Coatings
– Elastomers
– Polymers
– Pharmaceuticals
– Food Products
– Catalysts
– Chemicals
– Asphalt
– Ceramics

Typical Applications

– Thermal Stability
– Thermal Pyrolysis
– Oxidation Reactions
– Dehydration Process
– Decomposition
– Process Kinetics
– Combustion Process
– Moisture Content
– Residue and Ash Content

Dynamic Baseline Drift

In a typical TGA test, the sample mass may increase due to the “buoyancy effect” of the gas. However, the design of the miniature heating furnace ensures that the drift of the dynamic thermogravimetric curve remains below 25 μg, eliminating the need for baseline curve subtraction.

Weight Loss Step Analysis

The analysis software enables clear observation of the weight loss ratio and corresponding temperatures at each stage of the process. For instance, the thermogravimetric curve of hydrated calcium oxalate demonstrates three distinct stages. In the first stage, bound water evaporates, producing water vapor and leaving behind calcium oxalate. In the second stage, calcium oxalate decomposes into calcium carbonate and carbon monoxide. Finally, in the third stage, calcium carbonate further breaks down into calcium oxide and carbon dioxide.

High-Resolution TGA

The high-resolution TGA technology intelligently adjusts the heating rate in response to the sample’s decomposition rate,effectively separating overlapping mass loss regions and enhancing resolution. This enables the rapid collection of experimental data across a wide temperature range. The exceptional resolution achieved with this advanced technology is particularly beneficial for analyzing the mass loss curve in TGA and the first derivative signals (DTG), providing highly detailed and accurate results.

Specifications

Specification	RT-1000°C	RT-1200°C	RT-1500°C

Temperature Range	RT-1000°C	RT-1200°C	RT-1500°C
Temperature Accuracy	±0.5°C
Temperature Precision	±0.1°C
Program Rate	0.1-300°C/min	0.1-60°C/min
Cooling Mode	Water Cooling
Resolution	0.1 μg
Measuring Range	±200 mg
Dynamic Baseline Drift	≤ 25 μg (No blank background subtraction)
Isothermal Baseline Drift	≤ 5 μg/h
Repeatability	≤ 10 μg
Weight	44 lbs. (20 kg)
Dimensions	16.3 in(W) × 14 in(D) × 16.6 in(H)
Options
Gas Controller	4-Channel Automatic Gas Switching
Evolved Gas Analysis	MS, FTIR, etc.

Accessories

Crucibles

Crucibles serve as sample containers in thermal analysis measurements, effectively protecting sensors and preventing measurement contamination. The selection of crucible type is critical for result quality. We offer various crucible options to meet different testing requirements, ensuring accurate and reliable measurement results.

Pellet Press

The crucible pellet press elevates sample encapsulation to higher performance and convenience, suitable for routine and hermetic testing of various materials. The standard model is specifically designed for solid sample crucibles, while the universal model handles both solid and liquid sample crucibles, offering greater flexibility for your experiments.

Fully Automated Chiller

The fully automated recirculating bath enables precise continuous temperature control within the range of -10°C to 90°C. When coupled with the water-cooled DSC 600 system, it achieves rapid furnace cooling, significantly enhancing experimental efficiency.

Gas Selector Accessory

The gas selector supports one-button switching across multiple gases, accommodating up to 4 input ports. It simplifies valve disassembly and assembly when sampling different gases, effectively minimizing leakage risks associated with manual handling. Additionally, the instrument features an automatic purging process, ensuring efficient gas line purification and seamless, automated switching between gases.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

RuboSORP MPA Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 30, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
RuboSORP MPA Series

Gas Adsorption and Gas Separation Analyser

Wide pressure range: vacuum to 200 bar.
Configurable with 1, 2, or 3 independent analysis stations.
Optional BET surface area analysis capability for added versatility.

The RuboSORP MPA is a cutting-edge, high-pressure volumetric adsorption instrument designed for accurate and reliable pressure-composition-temperature (PCT) measurements up to 200 bar. Engineered for precision and efficiency, it provides deep insights into gas adsorption behavior, enabling researchers to analyze surface properties, storage capacity, and cycling kinetics with unmatched accuracy.

With its versatile capabilities, the RuboSORP MPA is the ideal solution for:

✔ Hydrogen storage material evaluation
✔ Shale gas and coal bed methane studies
✔ CO₂ capture and sequestration research
✔ Air purification and adsorbent performance testing

Built for precision, reliability, and multi-sample efficiency, the RuboSORP MPA empowers scientists and researchers in developing next-generation energy and environmental solutions. Advance your research with the RuboSORP MPA—where accuracy meets innovation.

High-Pressure Volumetric Sorption:

PCT and other gas adsorption/ desorption isotherms
Cycling PCT isotherm measurements
Adsorption kinetics
Cycling kinetic measurements
Dead volume measurements

Key Features
- Oven temperature control
  
  Oven temperature control system with a range of RT-50°C and a temperature accuracy of ±0.1°C, designed to mitigate the impact of ambient.
  
  Additional volume chamber
  
  Multiple standard volume chambers are available (100 ml, 200 ml, 500 ml, 1000 ml) for the acquisition of more precise kinetic data.
  
  Diverse Sensor Configurations
  
  The MPA system allows multiple stations to share sensors while also supporting the complete independence of up to three stations, offering both cost- effectiveness and high efficiency.
  
  Safety design
  
  The MPA features over- temperature and over- pressure alarms with automatic shutdown in alarm situations.
Software

The MPA is equipped with a user-friendly software interface that allows programming of all measurement parameters. The system calculates the amount of gas adsorbed by the sample in real time. Adsorption data is displayed online and fitted using appropriate isotherm models.

The MPA allows for testing up to three sample materials across a wide range of pressures and temperatures with high efficiency. The instrument is fully automated and intuitive, requiring no user supervision during operation.

Specifications

Category	Specification

Analysis Ports	1 / 2 / 3
Pretreatment	In-situ
Pressure Range	Vacuum – 200 bar
Pressure Sensor Configuration	Optional ranges: 0-10 bar, 0-50 bar, 0-100 bar, 0-200 bar; Accuracy: 0.01% FS
Gases	Non-corrosive gases: H₂, CO₂, CH₄, N₂, etc.
Temperature Range	RT – 500°C −196°C to 0°C (Option) −10°C to 95°C (Option) Custom higher temperatures available on request
Sample Tube Volume	Standard: 10 ml (other volumes optional)
Sample Tube Temperature	Detection accuracy: ±0.01°C Control accuracy: 0.1°C
Oven Temperature Control	Air bath, 30-50°C
Additional Volume Chamber	Up to 2 chambers, multiple volumes available (Option)
Vacuum System	Mechanical pump + turbo molecular pump (minimal 10⁻⁸ Pa, Option)
Model Options	1S \| 2S \| 2P \| 3S \| 3P
Number of Pressure Sensors (including manifold)	2 \| 4 \| 2 \| 5 \| 2
Available Options	BET Capabilities *Additional pressure sensors can be added per station

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Vapor Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 30, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Vapor Series

Surface Area and Pore Size Analyser

Simultaneously perform vapor adsorption, specific surface area.
Analyse up to 2 samples at once (1 vapor, 1 micropore).
Configurable with 1 or 2 analysis stations to meet varying lab needs.

The AMI Vapor Series instruments are precision volumetric analysers designed for advanced vapor and gas sorption characterisation. These systems are ideal for analysing adsorption isotherms, surface area, pore size distributions, and gas selectivity, using noncorrosive and safe adsorbates under controlled conditions.

Typical adsorbates include water vapor, benzene, carbon monoxide, ammonia, and other non-corrosive gases and vapors at room temperature.

Key Features

KEY FUNCTIONS

Vapor Adsorption Isotherms: Evaluate adsorption behavior over a range of relative pressures for various vapor species.

Gas Selectivity & Capacity: Determine selective adsorption characteristics and quantify sorption capacity.

Surface Area & Pore Size Distribution: Low-temperature nitrogen adsorption method for BET and BJH analysis.

Automated Vapor Generation and Delivery

Fully Automated Vapor Source Module:
Eliminates manual handling. Ensures high-purity vapor via software-controlled delivery.
Vapor Source Thermostatic Control:
Integrated water bath under software control for consistent vapor temperature and stability.

Advanced Analysis Capabilities

Fully Automated Vapor Source Module:
High-precision pressure transducers (10, 100, 1000 torr) for accurate measurements across a wide pressure range
High-vacuum corrosion-resistant solenoid valves.
Comprehensive software automation for sorption analysis and reporting.

Precision Vacuum Control

Ultra-High Vacuum System:
Includes a turbo molecular pump to achieve pressures down to 10^-7–10^-8 Pa, optimizing desorption and system cleanliness.
Cold Trap System (Dual Stage):
Standard dual cold traps minimize vapor back streaming and protect the vacuum pump, extending system longevity.

Thermal Stability and Sample Conditioning

Thermostated Analysis System: Built with corrosion-resistant materials
heated pathways to avoid condensation. Temperature range: ambient to 50°C.
Sample Temperature Control Options:
Dewar Flask: 77 K (liquid nitrogen)
Water Bath (Optional): -10°C to 95°C
CryoTune Cold Bath (Optional):
Adjustable ranges
82–135 K
120–170 K
180–323 K

1 – Cold Trap
2 – Pre-Treatment Station
3 – P₀ Tube
4 – Analysis Port
5 – Dewar
6 – Vapor Source
7 – Heating Socket

Specifications

Specific Model	Vapor 100B	Vapor 200B	Vapor 200C

Analysis Ports	1 Vapor Sorption Port	1 Vapor Sorption Port; 1 Gas Sorption Port	1 Vapor Sorption Port; 1 Gas Sorption Port
P0 Transducer	1	1	1
Analysis Pressure Transducer	3	4	6
Vapor Sorption Port	1000 torr, 100 torr, 10 torr	1000 torr, 100 torr, 10 torr	1000 torr, 100 torr, 10 torr
Gas Sorption Port	N/A	1000 torr	1000 torr, 10 torr, 1(0.1) torr
Pump	1 mechanical pump (ultimate vacuum 10^-2 Pa) (1 extra mechanical pump for degassing ports is optional)	1 mechanical pump (ultimate vacuum 10^-2 Pa); 1 Turbo molecular pump (ultimate vacuum 10^-8 Pa)	1 mechanical pump (ultimate vacuum 10^-2 Pa); 1 Turbo molecular pump (ultimate vacuum 10^-8 Pa)
P/P₀	10^-4 – 0.998	10^-8 – 0.998	10^-8 – 0.998
Specific Surface Area	N₂: 0.05 m²/g to upper limit; Kr: 0.0005 m²/g to upper limit.
Pore Size	0.35–500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ 0.2 nm	0.35–500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ 0.02 nm	0.35–500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ 0.02 nm
Pore Volume	≥ 0.0001 cm³/g
Degassing Ports	1 in-situ; 1 ex-situ	2 in-situ	2 in-situ
Adsorbates	Gas: N₂, CO₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO, CH₄, etc. Vapor: H₂O, Benzene, Olefins, etc.
Cold Trap	2
Volume and Weight	L 35.5 in (900 mm) × W 22.5 in (570 mm) × H 36.5 in (920 mm), 210 lbs (95 kg)
Power Requirements	110 V or 200–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, maximum power 300 W

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

BTSorb 100 Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 30, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
BTSorb 100 Series

Dynamic Sorption Analyser

Cost-effective dynamic sorption analyser for breakthrough and adsorption studies.
Multiple modes for competitive adsorption and diffusion coefficient measurements.
User-friendly BTManager software with automated control and advanced data analysis.

The BTsorb 100 series is a new line of cost-effective material characterization instruments designed for breakthrough curve testing, competitive adsorption, and mass transfer kinetics analysis. It is a comprehensive, versatile, and precise dynamic sorption analyzer.

√ Accurate: Trusted results you can rely on.
√ Accessible: Cost-effective without compromise.
√ Advanced: Engineered for high-performance.

Key Features
Capabilities

The BTsorb 100 offers 5 modes for breakthrough curve and competitive adsorption analysis, enabling dynamic evaluation of gas or gas/vapor mixture separation. It also includes 2 dedicated modes for diffusion studies using chromatography and the zero-length column method.

5 Modes for Breakthrough Curve & Competitive Adsorption:

2 Modes for Diffusion Coefficients:
Software

BTManager is a user-friendly software platform that enables precise control of all experimental processes, while automatically recording data and calculating test results. It offers a range of features designed to simplify and support user operation.

√ In addition to standard procedures, the software allows full customization of experimental steps to meet specific testing requirements.
√ All experimental steps and data are automatically recorded, making it easy for users to review and analyze results.
√ As part of a fully automated system, BTManager enables conditional controls based on time, temperature, pressure, and detector signals—ensuring precise execution, repeatability, and accuracy.
√ Includes advanced features such as blank adsorption correction, true flow calibration, abnormal data detection, and TCD signal calibration—minimizing environmental and system influences for highly reliable results.

Control interface

Data analysis interface

Experimental parameter setting interface

System configuration interface
Applications

Small Molecule Hydrocarbon

CO2 Capture

Solid Adsorbents

Direct Air Capture

Specifications

BT Sorb 100 Series	Breakthrough Curve and Mass Transfer Analyzer			Breakthrough Curve Analyzer

Model	100 S Pro	100 SLP Pro	100 SMP Pro	100 S	100 SLP	100 SMP	100 SHP
Breakthrough Curve	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Competitive Adsorption	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Adsorption Isotherm	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Cyclic Stability	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Temperature Swing Adsorption	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Pressure Swing Adsorption	/	√	√	/	√	√	√
Diffusion Coefficient	√	√	√	/	/	/	/
Pressure Range	Atmospheric	Atm -10 bar	Atm -40 bar	Atmospheric	Atm -10 bar	Atm -40 bar	Atm -100 bar
MFCs	4 MFCs (1 carrier gas + 3 adsorbate gases) with a variety of flow ranges
Gas Inlets	Standard 4 ports, expandable with multi-channel gas inlet controller (Optional)
Vapor Dosing	Up to 2 vapor generators can be configured (Optional) (temperature control via circulating water baths, with a temperature range of -10°C to 90°C)
Temperature Control	Standard: Heating module: Ambient – 400 °C; Circulating water bath: -10 – 90 °C; Option: Heating furnace: Ambient – 1000 °C; (Continuous temperature control from -10 °C to 400 °C can be achieved through the combined use of heating module and circulating water bath)			Standard: Heating module: Ambient – 400 °C; Option: Circulating water bath: -10 – 90 °C; Heating furnace: Ambient – 1000 °C; (Continuous temperature control from -10 °C to 400 °C can be achieved through the combined use of heating module and circulating water bath)
Detector	Standard: High precision Thermal Conductivity Detector (TCD) Option: Mass spectrometer (100amu – 200/300 amu optional)
Column	Standard: 1 ml and 4 ml 316SS Option: 1 ml and 4 ml quartz; column for ZLC
Corrosion Resistance	Standard: Corrosion-resistant TCD Option: Sulfur-resistant corrosion protection gas path upgrade; passivation treatment of fittings and tubing is mainly used for sulfur-containing gases (such as H₂S) and high-concentration corrosive gases.
Air Compressor	Used to drive pneumatic valves (option)
Appearance Parameters	L 31.9 in (810 mm) × W 31.1 in (790 mm) × H 34.6 in (880 mm), 330 lbs (150 kg)

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

AMI-300IR

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 30, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
AMI-300IR

Chemisorption Analyser

Fully automated chemisorption analyzer with integrated FTIR detection.
Enables real-time monitoring of dynamic surface adsorbates during adsorption and desorption.
Reveals adsorption–reaction synergy and captures transient intermediates for mechanistic insight.

Chemisorption and thermal desorption methods, such as Temperature Programmed Desorption (TPD), are widely utilized for catalyst characterization. These techniques analyze the gases released from a catalyst surface, typically detected using a Thermal Conductivity Detector (TCD) or, in some cases, a mass spectrometer. While they provide valuable insights into the number and strength of active sites, they do not reveal details about the nature of these sites, the type of adsorption, or the presence of multiple adsorption site types.

To address this limitation, the AMI-300 IR integrates standard AMI techniques with real-time catalyst surface analysis using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy. This innovative approach enables direct observation of adsorbed species, offering a deeper understanding of the adsorption and desorption processes.

The AMI-300 IR expands upon AMI’s line of catalyst characterization instruments, which have been continuously developed and manufactured since 1984. By integrating real-time Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy with AMI’s standard detection methods, this system enables researchers to not only quantify the number and strength of active sites but also gain direct insights into the nature of adsorption processes.

Key Features

IR detection can also be used during pulse chemisorption procedures to ascertain the mode(s) of adsorption at different coverages. Figure 8 illustrates the adsorption of CO on platinum as the coverage increases. Even at low coverages, all the CO is adsorbed in a single mode, linearly, and there is no evidence for “bridged” CO. These insights are uniquely obtainable through IR spectroscopy, as it directly analyzes the catalyst surface rather than solely monitoring evolved gases.

Pulse chemisorption of CO on Pt by FTIR.

AMI Instruments AMI-300IR
Pulse chemisorption of CO on Pt by FTIR.
Differentiation

Ammonia can be used as a probe molecule to determine the magnitude and type of acid sites in a catalyst. Below, in figure 9, is an example of ammonia adsorbed on a silica-alumina material. Three broad bands were identified as belonging to the adsorbed ammonia, at approximately 1760, 1480, and 1380 cm^-1. The band at 1480 cm^-1 can be ascribed to ammonia adsorbed on Brønsted acid sites, the others to ammonia adsorbed on Lewis sites (see for example, M. Niwa et al., J. Phys. Chem. B, 110 (2006) p. 264). By carrying out temperature programmed experiments and following the absorbance of the three bands as a function of temperature, it is possible to measure the isobars for each type of adsorption and assess the strength of each adsorption process. These isobars are shown in figure 10.

Ammonia bands on silica-alumina shown at three different temperatures

Isobars for each of the three main ammonia bands on silica-alumina.

It can be seen from the data above that the adsorption reflected in the 1380 cm-1 band is more strongly held than the other two, perhaps indicating a stronger Lewis-type bond.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

AMI 300HP

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 30, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
AMI-300HP

Chemisorption Analyser

Automatic chemisorption analyzer with pressure capability up to 100 bar.
Precise gas control via 3 MFCs (optional 4) and 4 standard gas inlets (expandable to 10 or 12).
Broad temperature range: ambient to1200°C (optional-130°C low-temp configuration).

The AMI-300HP is an automated high-pressure chemisorption and catalyst characterization system, engineered for advanced research under industrially relevant conditions. It performs dynamic temperature-programmed experiments at pressures up to 100 bar, enabling detailed studies of catalyst behavior under true process environments.

Designed for maximum flexibility, the AMI-300HP can also function as a high-pressure gas-phase reactor, providing a dual-purpose solution for laboratories requiring both chemisorption analysis and reaction testing in a single, integrated platform. This capability enhances its utility for catalyst performance evaluation, process development, and kinetic modeling.

Temperature-programmed desorption (TPD)
Temperature-programmed reduction (TPR)
Temperature-programmed oxidation (TPO)
Temperature programmed surface reaction (TPSR)
Pulse Chemisorption
Ambient Vapor Dosing (Option)

Key Features

High-Pressure Operation

Clamshell furnace capable of reaching 1200°C (max. temperature dependent on reactor type), with precise ramp rates from 0.1°C to 50°C per minute.

Stable Gas Flow Control

High-precision mass flow controllers (MFCs) ensure stable flow control and consistent TCD baselines, even during temperature-programmed experiments.

Condensation Prevention

Heat-traced stainless steel flow path eliminates condensation risks, preserving gas- phase integrity.

High-Sensitivity Detection

A highly linear Thermal Conductivity Detector (TCD) provides exceptional accuracy and sensitivity across a broad range of conditions.

Software Alarm Matrix

A dynamic alarm matrix provides live feedback and alert notifications for all monitored parameters. Logging alarm events ensure traceability and compliance with lab safety protocols.

Advanced Safety and Protection

· Independent Over-Temperature Protectors on the furnace prevent thermal runaway.
• Resealable Pressure Relief Valves automatically vent excess pressure and reseal without damage.
• Check Valves prevent backflow and protect against gas cross-contamination.
• Fail-Safe Design ensures the system defaults to a safe state during critical failures or power loss.
• Positive Shut-off valves to ensure complete isolation of gas lines when not in use, enhancing safety and preventing cross-contamination.

Flexible Customization Options:

• Custom reactors in a variety of types and sizes,
• High-pressure MFCs with customizable flow ranges to suit specific gas delivery requirements.
• Vaporized liquid delivery systems for injecting volatile or condensable reactants.
• Sub-ambient operation down to -130°
Software

The AMI-300HP is fully automated to ensure ease of use, repeatability, and reliable operation. Its integrated software precisely controls and regulates valve positions, temperatures, gas flow rates, and detector parameters, providing seamless management of complex experimental setups.

Data acquisition is performed at a user-selectable rate, allowing for optimized resolution and performance. A front-panel status screen offers a real-time overview of the system, displaying valve positions, connected gas types, active temperatures, and detector signals—all at a glance.

The built-in data handling package enables users to:

Display and integrate signal peaks
Calculate chemisorptive parameters
Overlay and compare datasets

Users can link up to 99 individual procedures in a single, continuous run, enabling fully automated, comprehensive catalyst characterization. Additionally, routine experiments can be designed and stored for quick and easy retrieval.

AMI Instruments AMI-300HP
Operating Screen – A complete Overview of All Experimental Parameters

Technical Specs

Catalyst Charge*	0.1 – 5 g
Temperature Range*	RT-1200°C; -130°C (Optional) to 1100°C
Ramp Rate	0.1 – 50°C/min
Operating Pressure*	Up to 100 bar
Gas Inlets	3; 4 (4, 10, or 14 optional)
MFC’s*	Standard: 2 high-pressure MFCs; 1 Ambient MFC Optional: 1 high-pressure MFCs
Reactor Types*	Atmospheric pressure: Quartz U-shaped tube (6mm, 8mm, 10mm optional), bubble tube; High pressure: 316 stainless steel
Detector	Tungsten-rhenium filament, temperature up to 200°C
Materials of Construction	Kalrez, 316 stainless steel

Notes:
*1 – Custom reactors available for increased loading.
*2 – Standard temperaturerange is RT – 650°C, -130°C – 1200°C requires options.
*3 – Higher pressure available in custom instruments.
*4 – The number of MFCs can change to increase capabilityor lessen cost.
*5 – Other reactor materials are available.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

AMI 300 SSITKA

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
AMI 300 SSITKA

Chemisorption Analyser

Enables detailed investigation of catalytic mechanisms, intermediate lifetimes, and surface kinetics.
Features precise pressure equalization for rapid and accurate isotopic switching.
Precise gas control via 4 MFCs and 12 gas inlets for complex experiment designs.

The AMI-300 SSITKA is a high-performance chemisorption analyzer integrated with Steady-State Isotopic Transient Kinetic Analysis (SSITKA) capabilities. Compared to conventional chemisorption analyzers, the AMI-300 SSITKA employs SSITKA technology to enable in-depth investigation of catalyst reaction mechanisms and properties. The instrument rapidly switches the isotopic composition of a reactant within the reaction system while monitoring the relaxation dynamics of labeled products in real time. This methodology facilitates precise analysis of reaction mechanisms, measurement of kinetic parameters, catalyst characterization, and differentiation of parallel reaction pathways.

AMI-300 SSITKA Functions:

• Steady-State Isotopic Transient Kinetic Analysis (SSITKA)
• Temperature-Programmed Desorption (TPD)
• Temperature-Programmed Reduction/Oxidation (TPR/O)
• Temperature-Programmed Surface Reaction (TPSR)
• Pulse Chemisorption
• Dynamic BET
• Vapor Dosing (option)

The AMI-300 SSITKA distinguishes itself through its SSITKA experimental capability, which initiates isotopic switching only after the reaction system reaches steady-state conditions. For elements with negligible isotope effects (predominantly non- hydrogen systems), the instrument enables isotope tracing while maintaining continuous steady-state operation, achieving non-invasive in situ analysis. This methodology provides real-time tracking of surface active sites, quantifies intermediate species lifetimes, and resolves dynamic evolution of reaction pathways without perturbing catalytic processes.

Key Features

Precision flow control system

High-precision MFCs with flow rates from 2-100 sccm.

High-Stability Programmed Temperature Reaction System

Engineered with precision temperature control up to 1200°C, this system achieves linear heating rates from 0.1 to 50°C/min with ±0.1°C regulation accuracy.

Rapid Cooling

Featuring automated control, the system enables rapid furnace cooling via air purging to reduce experimental duration.

Minimal Dead Volume

As an instrument capable of performing SSITKA experiments, the AMI-300 SSITKA utilizes 1/16 tubing with an optimized compact design, effectively minimizing dead volume.

Pressure Equalization and valve switching

SSITKA experiments require precise pressure equalization between two streams and rapid valve switching to minimize pressure spike variations in the mass spectrometer signal, ensuring accurate measurements.

Safety

The instrument features a proprietary over-temperature cutoff system for heating furnaces, pressure relief valves on the reactor and sparger, and firmware alarms at hardware limits. User-configurable alarms enhance lab safety by allowing customized alerts based on specific protocols.

Valve oven temperature control

The instrument’s internal pipelines are heated by an oven, reaching a maximum temperature of 150°C. This ensures uniform heating, preventing “cold spots” in the stainless steel pipelines, valves, and TCD detector, thereby maintaining stable operation and accurate measurements.

High-Precision TCD Detector

The instrument comes standard with a high-precision rhenium-tungsten filament TCD (Thermal Conductivity Detector), featuring a constant temperature system capable of maintaining temperatures up to 200°C.

Cold Trap

The sample tube downstream is equipped with a dedicated cold trap filled with desiccant, designed to remove condensables prior to the gas stream entering the TCD.

Vapor Generator

The system is compatible with a vapor generator to vaporize liquid adsorbate for subsequent analysis, with a maximum operating temperature of 100°C.
Software

The AMI-300 SSITKA software delivers comprehensive control and analytical capabilities, supporting flexible configuration of TPD, TPO, TPR, TPRS, pulse calibration, and other experiments through programmable sequences (up to 99 steps). This automated system performs advanced spectral processing including peak deconvolution, integration, differentiation, and superposition analysis to extract critical catalyst characteristics such as surface acid/base site distribution, activation energy values, and reaction kinetic parameters.

Adsorption Capacity Calculation

During SSITKA experiments, the system executes isotopic switching through specialized gas circuitry integrated with mass spectrometry detection. As illustrated in the schematic interface diagram, the gas flow control system employs a four-way valve (indicated by the red arrow) to perform transient switching between two feed streams. This valving mechanism enables the instantaneous transition of the reactant from 12CO to 13CO while maintaining experimental continuity.

Peak Fitting

AMI-300 SSITKA Software Interface

SSITKA experiments can be configured through the program interface shown below, featuring fully automated operation that eliminates the need for manual intervention. This streamlined process ensures operational reliability while minimizing human-induced errors, thereby ensuring precise test results.

SSITKA Procedure Setup

Technical Specs

Catalyst Charge	0.1-5g
Mass Flow Controller Quantity	4; Blend MFC (Customizable)
Gas Inlet Quality	12
Temperature Range	Standard: Room Temp. – 1200ºC Optional: -130ºC-1100ºC
Heating Rate	0.1ºC – 50ºC/min
Reactor Types	Quartz u-tubes 6mm, 8mm, 10mm optional
Gas Flow Rates	2-100 sccm
Detector	Tungsten-rhenium filament, temperature up to 200°C
Vapor Function	Maximum Temperature 100ºC (Optional)
Infrared Spectrometer	FTIR Analysis (Optional)
Dimensions	L 24.1 in (612 mm) × W 24.7 in (628 mm) × H 25.1 in (638 mm), 162.8 lbs (74 kg)

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

AMI 300

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
AMI 300

Chemisorption Analyser

Fully automated chemisorption analysis for comprehensive catalyst characterisation.
Customisable system with advanced software and temperature control.
High precision and safety, featuring sensitive detectors and durable materials.

The AMl-300 is the flagship model in AMI’s line of fully automated chemisorption analyzers, designed specifically by-and-for-catalyst researchers. Expanding on the groundbreaking AMI-1—the industry’s first instrument to deliver fully automated dynamic chemisorption techniques in a single, integrated system—the AMI-300 enhances and advances this innovation, offering even greater capabilities and performance. Engineered with our proven chemisorption platform, the AMl-300 performs all major dynamic techniques required for comprehensive catalyst characterization, with precision, reliability, and ease of use.

The AMI-300 Series is also highly customizable to meet the specific needs of advanced research and industrial applications. From variable pressure ranges and multiple analysis stations to specialized software functions, Advanced Measurement Instruments (AMI) can tailor each system to meet the most stringent experimental requirements.

Whether you’re conducting routine catalyst testing or advanced R&D, the AMI-300 delivers the flexibility, control, and automation your lab demands with the following functions:

Pulse Chemisorption
Quantify active metal dispersion and surface area with precise gas pulsing control.

Temperature-Programmed Reduction (TPR)
Evaluate reducibility and metal-support interactions.

Temperature-Programmed Oxidation (TPO)
Characterize oxidation behavior of reduced catalysts and carbon deposits.

Temperature-Programmed Desorption (TPD)
Analyze desorption strength and binding energies of surface species.

Temperature-Programmed Surface Reaction (TPSR)
Study surface reactivity under reactive gas environments.

Flow BET Surface Area Analysis
Determine surface area using dynamic nitrogen physisorption.

Pretreatment and Activation Routines Calibrations and Standards Handling
Link up to 99 individual procedures into a single automated experiment

Key Features

Electronic Flow Controllers
The system is equipped with high-quality linear mass flow controllers for precise and stable gas flow control, ensuring accuracy in chemisorption applications. The standard flow range is 2–100 sccm, with additional ranges available upon request for customized setups. These controllers offer excellent linearity and repeatability, providing reliable and consistent gas dosing throughout all programmed procedures.

High-Temperature Furnace
Features a versatile furnace system capable of reaching temperatures up to 1100°C. With optional sub-ambient cooling, the system can achieve temperatures as low as -130°C, making it suitable for a wide range of thermal and catalytic applications. The furnace supports linear temperature ramping from 0.1°C per minute to 50°C per minute, allowing precise control over heating profiles for reduction, oxidation, desorption, or reaction studies.

Sensitive Thermal Conductivity Detector
A highly reliable 4-filament thermal conductivity detector (TCD) is used to accurately quantify gas uptake. It offers excellent linearity, accuracy, sensitivity, and long-term stability. Multiple filament configurations are available to suit different analytical needs and gas types.

Various Sample Holders
The AMI-300 is the only system on the market that enables direct analysis of monolith samples (with an optional monolith holder), in addition to supporting a variety of quartz U-tubes—including standard, bubble, and custom designs. It accommodates a wide range of sample forms and loadings, such as powders, pellets, extrudates, and honeycomb cores, making it exceptionally versatile for real-world catalyst testing and development.

Precision Gas Control with Independent MFCs and Blending
The AMI-300 features three mass flow controllers (MFCs) for independent control of carrier, treatment, and auxiliary gases, with an optional fourth MFC for advanced setups. It supports internal gas blending for precise atmosphere control, and an auxiliary gas inlet can mix with carrier or treatment gases as needed. Rear-panel gas ports simplify access, with four each for treatment and carrier gases, two auxiliary/blending ports, and up to 12 total ports, ensuring versatility for chemisorption applications.

Interchangeable Valve Loops
A set of 13 optional injection loop modes provides an easy and flexible way to meet the adsorption volume requirements of different sample types. Available upgrades include microliter loops in 5, 10, 15, 20, 23, 50, 100, 250, and 500 μL sizes, as well as milliliter loops in 1, 2, 5, and 10 mL volumes. These options ensure precise dosing for both low and high surface area materials across a wide range of applications.

Low Internal Volume and Heated Lines
Low volume valves and 1/16″ lines are used to reduce void volume and minimize peak spreading. All lines, valves, and parts of the liquid Vaporizer are heated to prevent condensation.

Materials for Maximum Durability
Seals and materials are designed to meet your specifications, with options that include premium elastomers (Kalrez), passivated 316 stainless steel, Monel or Hastelloy valves, and Inconel reactors.

Rapid Air cooling
The system rapidly cools the furnace, enabling quick sample turnaround and increased throughput for busy laboratories.

Precise Sample Temperature Measurement
Sample temperature can be measured or controlled by either the furnace thermocouple or a movable thermocouple positioned at the top of the sample bed, offering flexibility and precision for various experimental needs.

Cold Trap
A cold trap downstream of the sample holder protects the TCD from moisture and condensable vapors. It features a Dewar flask for slurry-based condensation or a desiccant option for low-volatility experiments, ensuring a stable baseline, extended detector life, and reliable TPR, TPO, and dynamic measurements.
Software

The AMI-300 features an intuitive and clearly structured interface, with a well-organized graphical display and logical operational flow. This design dramatically reduces the learning curve, making the system easy to navigate for both new and experienced users.

Operation is simplified and streamlined, minimizing the risk of user error while ensuring smooth, consistent experimentation. The software provides comprehensive process monitoring, with real time status indicators and fully traceable data logging for enhanced reliability and experimental control.

In addition to control and monitoring, the AMI-300 offers advanced data processing capabilities, including peak fitting, peak separation, integration, differentiation, and overlay analysis. These powerful tools enable precise characterization of catalyst surface properties, distribution of acidic and basic sites, activation energy, reaction kinetics, and more—delivering deep insight into complex catalytic behaviors.

Software analysis interface
Applications

Coked Catalyst

Metal Catalyst

Metal Catalysts

Catalysts

Specification

AMI-300

Catalyst charge	0.1–5 g
Temperature range	RT – 1200 °C -130 °C (optional) to 1100 °C
Ramp rate	0.1–50 °C/min
Operating pressure	Atmospheric pressure or up to 100 bar (optional)
Gas input	10 inlets standard (12 optional)
Gas flow rates	2–100 sccm
Reactor types	Quartz u-tubes 6mm, 8mm, 10mm optional
Detector	Tungsten-rhenium filament, temperature up to 200°C
Materials of construction	Kalrez, 316 stainless steel
Dimensions	L 24.1 in (612 mm) × W 24.7 in (628 mm) × H 25.1 in (638 mm), 162.8 lbs (74 kg)
Weight	106 lbs (48 kg)
Mass flow controllers	3 (4 optional)
High-temperature oven	Up to 150 °C
Vapor generator	Optional
FTIR	Optional
Mass Spectrometer	Optional
FID	Optional
Harsh-Service	Optional: Allows for high-percentage sulfur compounds (S &S Plus models)
SSITKA	Optional

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

AMI 400

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
AMI 400

Chemisorption Analyser

User-friendly software, auto-lift furnace, flexible gas inlet system.
Precise gas control by 1 (Optional: 2 or 3) MFC(s), 8 (optional: 14) gas inlets.
Temperature range: RT-1200°C, Optional-130°C-1200°C.

The AMI-400 Series is the latest generation of fully automated chemisorption analysers developed by Advanced Measurement Instruments (AMI). After nearly three years of focused development—driven by evolving research demands and supported by a robust global supply chain—the AMI-400 Series has officially launched.

Engineered for precision, safety, and user-friendly operation, the AMI-400 characterises catalysts under both temperature-programmed and isothermal conditions. It provides detailed insights into surface chemistry, adsorption behaviour, and reaction mechanisms—making it an essential instrument for catalysis, materials science, environmental research, and energy innovation.

Standard：

• Temperature-programmed desorption (TPD)
• Temperature-programmed reduction/ oxidation (TPR/O)
• Temperature-programmed surface reaction (TPSR)
• Pulsed chemisorption
• Dynamic BET surface area

Options：

• Sub-ambient temperatures
• Mass spectrometer
• Gas chromatograph
• FTIR
• Vapor dosing

Key Features
- Precise Thermal Conductivity Detector
  
  The instrument is equipped with a high- precision, four-wire rhenium-tungsten TCD detector, featuring a constant temperature range from room temperature to 200°C. Additionally, filament types can be customized to match specific research needs, or the system can be integrated with auxiliary gas detectors such as mass spectrometers, FTIR, or FID, providing enhanced analytical versatility for a wide range of experimental applications.
  
  All-in-One Constant Temperature
  
  Precise Vapor Control – Ensures a stable and uniform temperature for consistent and reliable performance. Simplified Vapor Operation – Designed for easy and efficient vapor handling, optimizing experimental conditions and reproducibility.
  
  Intelligent Gas Inlet Interface
  
  A user-friendly port design eliminates the need for users to manually determine the type of gas used (carrier gas, process gas, or pulse gas); the software automatically selects the appropriate gas. The eight inlet ports meet daily testing needs, allowing multiple experiments without frequent gas interface changes, thus reducing user operations.
  
  Integrated Constant Temperature Valve Box
  
  The instrument’s process tubing is heated using a convection oven, maintaining a uniform temperature distribution with a maximum temperature of 130ºC. This design eliminates cold spots in the stainless-steel tubing, valves, and TCD detector, ensuring optimal performance and accurate measurements.
  
  Precise Temperature Control
  
  The system offers a temperature range from – 130°C (with optional configuration) to 1100°C, with linear heating ramps from 1 to 50°C/min.
  
  Automatic Air-Cooling Module
  
  Software – Controlled Automation – Enables precise and efficient cooling with no manual intervention required. Rapid Furnace Cooling – Utilizes air cooling technology to quickly lower furnace temperature, enhancing turnaround time and overall operational efficiency.
  
  Accurate Flow Control System
  
  High-precision MFCs regulate gas flow from 0-100sccm (+/-1% FS accuracy), ensuring stable, accurate measurements. A built-in mixing volume enables real-time gas blending for flexible experimental setups.
  
  Cold Trap
  
  A dedicated cold trap is installed downstream of the sample to effectively remove condensable substances before they reach the TCD detector, ensuring accurate measurements and extending the TCD’s operational lifetime.
  
  ibution data
Software

User-Friendly Software Interface

A clear graphical interface with logical flow simplifies navigation, minimizes errors, and ensures smooth experimentation with real- time monitoring and traceable data logging.

The system offers comprehensive data processing capabilities, including peak fitting, peak separation, integration, differentiation, and overlay analysis of signal peaks. This enables precise characterization of surface features of catalysts, distribution of acidic and basic-sites, activation energy, reaction kinetics, and more.
• Clear Control System: Real-time monitoring with a visual software system
• Simultaneously displays gas flow, temperature, and other information.
• Real-time display of temperature programming
• Real-time display of valve status

AMI-400 operation interface

AMI-400 experiment setting interface

AMI-400 experiment model setting

AMI-400 sample regulation

TPR on Cobalt Oxide
Applications

Coked Catalyst

Metal Catalyst

Metal Catalysts

Catalysts

Specifications

AMI-400TPx	Temperature-Programmed Analyzer

Sample Loading	0.1 – 5 g
Number of Workstations	1 analysis station
Temperature Control Range	Room Temperature – 1200°C; -130°C (Optional) to 1100°C
Heating Rate	0.1°C/min – 50°C/min
Gas Input	1 Standard MFC C (Carrier MFC) with 8 gas inlets. Optional 2nd MFC T (Treatment MFC) with 8 gas inlets Optional 3rd MFC A (Auxiliary MFC) with 6 gas inlets Optional 4th MFC B (Blend MFC) with 6 gas inlets (BTC MFC)
Standard Operating Pressure	Ambient pressure
Mass Flow Controllers	1 Standard; Optional -2, 3, and 4
Gas Flow Rate	0-100sccm (+/-1% FS accuracy)
Sample Tube Type	Quartz U-shaped tube (6mm, 8mm, 10mm optional), bubble tube
TCD	Kalrez, 316 stainless steel
Materials of Construction	Tungsten-rhenium filament, room temperature up to 200°C
Dimensions	19.4 in (493 mm) × 26 in (661 mm) × 28.4 in (721mm), 162.8 lbs (74 kg)
High Temperature Oven	130°C
Vapor Generator	100°C (Optional)
Mass Spectrometer	Optional
FID	Optional

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

AMI 400TPx

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
AMI 400TPx

Chemisorption Analyser

AMI’s most economical platform for temperature-programmed catalyst evaluation.
Supports TPD, TPR, TPO, and TPSR as standard functions.
Accurate gas delivery with 1 MFC and up to 10 gas inlet lines.

The AMI-400TPx sets a new benchmark in fully automated chemisorption analysis, combining advanced capabilities with outstanding economic efficiency. Designed with unattended operation at its core, it addresses the high standards and evolving needs of catalyst researchers while minimizing operating costs and maximizing laboratory productivity.

This space-saving system is equipped with robust control components and advanced data processing software, enabling the delivery of accurate kinetic parameters critical for catalyst characterization. Its compact, cost-effective design makes it an ideal choice for labs with limited space or budget, without compromising analytical performance.

The AMI-400TPx comes standard with temperature-programmed desorption (TPD), temperature-programmed reduction and oxidation (TPR/O), and temperature-programmed surface reaction (TPSR) capabilities. For laboratories with more advanced requirements, optional features include pulse chemisorption, a sub-ambient temperature module, a mass spectrometer for evolved gas analysis, and a gas chromatograph for detailed component separation and quantification. This flexibility allows users to tailor the system to their specific research goals while maintaining a practical, affordable approach to catalyst evaluation.

Temperature-programmed desorption (TPD)
Temperature-programmed reduction/oxidation (TPR/O)
Temperature-programmed surface reaction (TPSR)

Options：

Pulse chemisorption
Sub-ambient module
Mass spectrometer
Gas chromatograph

Software

One of the key advantages of the AMI-400TPx is its ability to operate without constant operator supervision, making it an ideal solution for busy research environments. Once the experiment is set up and running, the system performs fully automated sequences, freeing up valuable time for researchers to focus on data analysis, planning, or other laboratory activities.

The instrument is designed to run on a standard Windows-based computer, providing a familiar and user-friendly interface. It also supports Internet connectivity, enabling remote monitoring and control when needed. This flexibility ensures that the AMI-400TPx can be easily integrated into the existing digital infrastructure of any laboratory.

Moreover, the same computer used to control the instrument can be utilized to manage additional laboratory tasks, streamlining operations and reducing the need for multiple workstations. This combination of automation, connectivity, and multitasking capability makes the AMI-400TPx a powerful and practical tool for modern catalyst research laboratories.

AMI-400TPx operation interface

The AMI-400TPx features a user-friendly interface and intuitive layout that simplifies experimental design. Users need only to input the changeable process variables, while the system automatically handles the rest—making setup quick and error-free. Flexible selection or customization of methods such as TPD, TPO, TPR, TPSR, and pulse calibration is supported, with the ability to configure up to 99 fully automated programs. A complete experiment can be set up in just a few minutes, streamlining workflows and boosting lab productivity.

AMI-400TPx experiment setting interface

The AMI-400TPx is equipped with a multi-layered safety system that combines hardware, firmware, and software safeguards to ensure reliable and secure operation. On the hardware side, a temperature safety switch provides immediate protection against furnace overheating. Built-in firmware-level factory-set alarms offer an additional layer of control to prevent unsafe operating conditions. At the software level, an intuitive interface allows users to configure a wide range of safety protection programs, including automated alarms, manual valve control, and real-time input of gas flow and temperature settings. Together, these features deliver robust, comprehensive protection throughout every stage of operation.

AMI-400TPx alarms setting interface

Specifications

AMI-400TPx	Temperature-Programmed Analyzer

Number of Stations	1
Temperature Range	RT-1200°C; -100°C (Optional) to 1100°C
Mass Flow Controller	1
Temperature Ramp Rates	0.1 – 50°C/min
Gas Inlets	6 analysis ports, 4 pulse ports (Optional)
Operating Pressure	Atmospheric pressure
Gas Flow Rate	2 – 100 sccm
Sample Tube	Quartz U-shaped tube (6mm, 8mm, 10mm optional), bubble tube
TCD Detector	Standard Tungsten Rhenium filaments, Room Temperature up to 200°C
Materials of Construction	Kalrez, 316 Stainless Steel
Seals	Viton, Buna-N, Kalrez, etc.
Dimensions	L 17.0 in (43 cm) × W 25.2 in (64 cm) × H 24.5 in (62 cm)
High Temperature Oven	80°C
Mass Spectrometer	Optional
FID	Optional

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Densi Pyc 1000

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
DensiPyc 1000

True Density Analyser

(4–60°C) temperature-controlled pycnometer, precise density.
Integrated microbalance enables accurate weighing.
PC-controlled automation records data automatically.

The AMI DensiPyc Series delivers precise, repeatable true density measurement by combining advanced gas pycnometry with intelligent automation and flexible system configurations. Designed for both research and production environments, DensiPyc minimizes operator dependence while ensuring reliable, traceable results.

By integrating key measurement and control functions directly into the instrument, DensiPyc improves workflow efficiency, reduces potential error sources, and increases confidence in every reported value. All models comply with ISO 12154 for gas displacement density measurement using helium or nitrogen.

Key Features

The AMI DensiPyc Series stands apart from traditional gas pycnometers by combining smart automation, flexible configurations, and precision features that enhance both productivity and data quality.

• Automated Sample Chamber Sealing
The DensiPyc uses an automated mechanical sealing system that applies consistent sealing force and positioning for every measurement. This eliminates variability introduced by manual tightening and improves repeatability across users and test runs.

• Intelligent Reference Volume Management
Multiple internal reference volumes are integrated into the system. During analysis, the software automatically selects the optimal reference configuration based on the installed sample cell, minimizing dead volume effects and improving volumetric accuracy across different sample sizes.

• Optional In-Situ Automatic Weighing (B Models)
Select models feature an integrated microbalance that allows samples to be weighed directly inside the instrument. This eliminates external weighing steps, reduces handling errors, improves traceability, and streamlines the workflow from loading through final reporting.

• Temperature-Control Options (TC models)
For samples that are temperature-sensitive, the TC (Temperature Control) models offer precise thermal regulation from 4°C to 60°C via an integrated Peltier module. This ensures consistent conditions and repeatable results, even for challenging materials.

• Vacuum Degassing Options (V models)
For materials that require pre-treatment prior to analysis, the V (Vacuum Degassing) models provide integrated vacuum conditioning to remove residual gases or moisture from the sample. The system supports vacuum levels down to 10 kPa, improving sample consistency and measurement repeatability, while maintaining a streamlined, single-instrument workflow.
Software

The DensiPyc Series is designed not only for speed and convenience, but for laboratory-grade precision and data consistency. Its software environment combines guided workflows with automated data handling to minimize operator dependence while maintaining rigorous measurement control. This approach ensures reliable results in both routine quality control and advanced material characterization applications.

Fast Test Mode
The DensiPyc software includes predefined test routines that allow standardized measurements to be initiated with minimal parameter setup. This simplifies operation for routine quality control while maintaining consistent test conditions across operators and laboratories, making the system well suited for high-throughput environments.

Intuitive Data Processing & Reporting
Automated data processing and one-click report generation streamline result evaluation and documentation. Measurement data can be exported in common file formats, while built-in tools enable easy comparison of historical and batch-to-batch results to support process monitoring and trend analysis.

Figure 2: Graphic User Interface of the DensiPyc Series

Specifications

Parameter	Specification

Test Gas	Helium, Nitrogen, Inert Gases
Gas Delivery Method	Pulsed injection or Flow with pressure equilibration, vacuum as option, Fine powder handling methods (Powder Guard Mode)
Repeatability	100 cm³: ±0.01% 35 cm³: ±0.01% 10 cm³: ±0.015%
Accuracy	100 cm³: ±0.02% 35 cm³: ±0.02% 10 cm³: ±0.03%
Sample Cell Volumes	100 mL, 35 mL, and 10 mL (standard) Optional: smaller sample cups
Integrated Balance (model dependent)	Up to 500g; 0.001g balance resolution
Pressure Parameters	Pressure range: 0 – 300 kPa (0 – 3 bar, 0 – 43.5 psi) Pressure resolution: 0.001 kPa (0.00001 bar, 0.000145 psi)
Data Output	PDF, TXT, Excel, connected via Ethernet
Temperature Range (model dependent)	4–60°C (TC models only; Peltier-controlled); Stability: +/- 0.01°C; Accuracy: 0.002°C
Integrated Vacuum (model dependent)	Sample pretreatment via vacuum degassing (integrated pump) to 10kPa
Operating Environment	15–35°C, 10–90% RH, non-condensing
Power	100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 120W (standard), 320W (temperature control)
Footprint (W × D × H)	465 × 350 × 370 mm / 18 × 14 × 15 in
Weight	Approx. 10 kg / 22lbs
Applicable Standards	Measurements are performed using gas displacement principles in accordance with: ISO 12154; ASTM D4892, B923, C604, C830; DIN 66137; USP <699>
Sample Preparation Accessories (option)	Foam Material Cutting Tool – designed for cutting foam and low-density materials into uniform sample geometries prior to true density analysis. Capable of producing 25 × 25 × 25 mm foam sample

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Matrix 1000 Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Matrix 1000 Series

Gas Sorption Analyser

Configure mesopore, micropore, or mixed-mode stations in a single unit.
Run simultaneous, independent analyses without cross-interference.
Expand modularly to a total of up to 3 connected units (12 stations).

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The Matrix 1000 is a next-generation gas sorption analyzer platform engineered for laboratories demanding flexible configuration, high throughput, and precision micropore resolution. Each unit supports up to four independently operated analysis stations, giving users the freedom to design the system around their specific applications.

The system is ideal for research centers, QC labs, and advanced materials teams who require reliable, scalable, and highresolution data for gas adsorption and pore characterization.

Key measurement capabilities include BET, Langmuir, BJH, DFT, HK, SF, MP, DR, T-Plot, isotherms, and heat of adsorption. Surface area can be measured down to 0.05 m²/g (mesopore) and 0.0005 m²/g (micropore), with
repeatability ≤1.0% RSD. Pore sizes from 0.35 to 500 nm are resolved with repeatability as fine as
0.02 nm (high-res micropore).

The Matrix 1000 empowers users to:

• Configure mesopore, micropore, or mixed-mode stations in a single unit
• Run simultaneous, independent analyses without cross-interference
• Scale up or specialize based on research demands
• Customize precision sensor packages to match experimental needs
• Expand modularly to a total of up to 3 connected units (12 stations) for maximum throughput and flexibility

Key measurement capabilities include BET, Langmuir, BJH, DFT, HK, SF, MP, DR, T-Plot, isotherms, and heat of adsorption.

Surface area can be measured down to 0.05 m²/g (mesopore) and 0.0005 m²/g (micropore), with repeatability ≤1.0% RSD. Pore sizes from 0.35 to 500 nm are resolved with repeatability as fine as 0.02 nm (high-res micropore).

Key Features
Multi-Station Architecture

Run up to four fully independent analysis stations per unit—each with dedicated dosing, pressure control, and data acquisition. Scale up to 12 stations by connecting three Matrix 1000 units. Ideal for high-throughput labs and multi-user environments.

Micropore & Mesopore Flexibility

Configure any combination of micropore or mesopore analysis stations based on your application needs. High-resolution pressure sensors—down to 0.1 Torr—enable accurate characterization of ultrafine pores, while broader pressure ranges allow robust mesopore and macropore analysis.
Smart Safety & Status System

The Matrix 1000 is built for safe, intuitive operation. Each work unit includes multicolor LED indicators for quick visualization of instrument status:
- White – Standby
- Orange – Heating
- Green – Test in Progress
- Red – Alarm Condition
Real-time monitoring of pressure and temperature ensures that any anomaly automatically triggers an alarm, switches the unit to red warning status, and halts the experiment for safety. A retractable front safety shield protects users from cryogenic splashes during operation.
Smart Degassing with Pressure Feedback

The Matrix 1000 system continuously monitors vacuum pressure during degassing and compares it to user-defined stabilization thresholds. This intelligent feedback mechanism automatically detects when activation is complete, improving reproducibility and avoiding over- or undertreatment of samples.

Advanced Gas Dosing

Each analysis station features dedicated dosing and evacuation control for independent test execution. The system supports both pressure-based and volume-based dosing, with user-selectable options for quantitative or constant-pressure dosing. Smart sequencing ensures efficient dosing across multiple stations while avoiding gas cross-talk so that each station can run a different test (i.e. BET, isotherm), but with the same adsorbate.

Integrated Degassing Furnace

Every Matrix 1000 unit includes one built-in, high-temperature degassing furnace with programmable ramp/soak control and real-time pressure feedback—no external systems required. For high-volume workflows, pair with an external Prep Series degasser for bulk pre-treatment, using the built-in unit for final polishing prior to analysis.

Harsh Chemistry Option

Equipped with a passivation coating and seals upgraded to FFKM for aggressive or corrosive chemistries.
Software

The Matrix 1000 system is powered by the intuitive APAS software platform, designed to streamline multi-station control and deliver high-quality sorption results across a single unit or a full 12-station network.

Matrix 1000 Main Dashboard

Flexible Multi-Station Workflow

Configure, launch, and monitor multiple experiments independently from a unified interface, with real-time status indicators for full test visibility.

Intelligent Sample Preparation

Built-in pressure monitoring during degassing ensures consistent activation, with automatic detection of stabilization based on user-defined thresholds.

Comprehensive Data Modeling

Supports BET, Langmuir, BJH, t-Plot, HK, DFT, NLDFT, and other models for accurate surface area and pore size analysis of micro- and mesoporous materials.

Visualization and Reporting Tools

Overlay isotherms, track kinetics, and generate Excel or PDF reports with curves, metadata, and calculation results for easy comparison and documentation.

Nitrogen adsorption–desorption isotherm of a BAM-certified zeolite

Summary Data Reduction Screen of a BAM-certified Zeolite
Applications

Direct Air Capture

Isotherm

Water Vapor

Activated Carbon

Specifications

Category	Specification

Model Options	1, 2, or 3 analysis units (up to 12 ports total)
Analysis Ports per Unit	Up to 4
Measurement Capabilities	BET (single and multi-point), Langmuir, BJH, STSA, t-plot, DFT, NLDFT, HK, SF, MP, DR, DA, Isotherms, Heat of Adsorption, Total Pore Volume, Adsorption Kinetics
Pore Volume Resolution	≥ 0.0001 cm³/g
Pressure Range (P/P0)	10⁻⁴ to 0.998 (meso); 10⁻⁸ to 0.998 (High Res micropore)
P0 Transducers	1 per unit, 1000 Torr, 0.25% FS
Degassing Ports	In-situ – 4 / 8 / 12 (based on configuration)
Degassing Temp (Max)	400°C ±1°C (active cooling included)
Degassing Ramp Control	Yes – programmable ramp and soak
Degas Pressure Monitoring	Yes – user-defined thresholds
Vacuum System	Mechanical: Ultimate vacuum 10⁻1 Pa; minimal 7.5 x 10-4 torr; Optional Turbo: 10⁻⁸ Pa; minimal 7.5 × 10⁻¹¹ torr
Temperature Control	Air bath + valve box; Max 45°C ±0.1°C
Gas Compatibility	N₂, CO₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO, CH₄ (standard: non-corrosive gases) Optional: Harsh Chemistry model with passivation coating and FFKM seals
Vapor Sorption Option	Available
Dewar Capacity	3L
BET Throughput	4 samples/5-point BET <~28 min fully optimized
Dosing & Equilibrium Control	Supports user-defined pressure tables and quick-start templates. Gas is introduced stepwise to target relative pressures, with adsorption equilibrium determined by pressure stability over a fixed time window.
Cold Space Calibration	Automatic
Station Independence	Four workstations per unit; independent test types with same adsorbate. Synchronized start/finish with alternating gas dosing. Independent dosing, vacuum, and control per station.
Software	APAS software with analysis models, leak detection, and vacuum diagnostics
Data Export	Excel, TXT, RAW, PDF; full reprocessing supported
Gas Inlet Ports	2 per unit (Helium and Adsorption Gas); expandable to 18
Power Requirements	220 VAC, 16 A
Dimensions (L × W × H)	27.6 × 27.6 × 41.3 in (70 × 70 × 105 cm)
Weight	242 lbs (110 kg)
Compliance	CE, EMC, RoHS

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Densi 100

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Densi 100

True Density Analyser

Automated gas pycnometry for precise material characterization.
Rapid true density measurement ensuring accurate and consistent results.
Compact design, easy operation for efficient daily laboratory use.

True density is a critical physical property for solid materials—especially powders—affecting everything from product performance to quality control. True density reflects a material’s purity and structural compactness, both of which play a direct role in its end-use properties.

Traditionally, density has been measured using Archimedes’ water displacement method. However, this approach suffers from manual error, liquid drainage issues, and poor repeatability. In response, the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) adopted the gas displacement method (ISO 12154) as the official standard for true density measurement in 2014.

The Densi 100 True Density Analyzer quickly and accurately determines the true volume and true density of a wide range of solid materials, including powders, granules, and solid blocks. With a sample chamber volume range of 1 cm³ to 100 cm³, the system accommodates both small and large samples. Each analysis is completed in approximately 3 minutes, delivering reliable results without compromising accuracy.

√ TEST GAS: Helium or Nitrogen
√ Characteristic: Non-Destructive
√ Resolution: 0.0001 g/ml
√ Repeatability: +/- 1%

Key Features

Integrated Testing Module
The Densi 100 combines the sample chamber,expansion chamber,pressuresensor,and control valve into a single,compact unit,ensuring uniform system temperature and enhanced measurement stability.This integrated design delivers exceptional performance,achieving true density accuracy of up to ±0.03% and repeatability better than±0.02%,makingit ideal for both high-precision research and routine quality control applications.

Reference Material
The standard reference material used for calibration is made from nonexpanded alloy and is certified by the National Institute of Metrology, China. This ensures traceability and high confidence in measurement accuracy, with volume precision up to 10⁻⁴ cc.

Multiple Sample Chambers and Inserts
Various chamber and sample cell inserts are available, allowing users to optimize measurement accuracy and accommodate different sample volumes with precision and flexibility.

Density Measurement
The Densi 100 Automatic True Density Analyzer accurately measures the true density of powders within a pressure range of 1 to 1.3 bar.

Unique Design
The Densi 100 is equipped with a built-in processor and Windows-based operating system, enabling fully independent operation without requiring an external computer. Its intelligent self-diagnostic program automatically performs seal integrity verification, reducing operator errors and ensuring consistent, highquality test results.

Pressure Sensor
The Densi 100, equipped with a 2 bar (F.S.) pressure sensor, delivers highly stable and accurate true density measurements. The sensor’s nonlinearity is better than ±0.2%, ensuring precise pressure readings and reliable data capture throughout the testing process.
Software

The Densi 100 offers an intuitive, fully automated testing process, completing measurements in approximately three minutes. Users can customize the number of repeat tests, while all test data is automatically recorded, saved in TXT format, and easily exported via USB.

The system includes PC compatible software for generating and printing comprehensive standard test reports, ensuring seamless data management and documentation.

To enhance versatility, the software features five built-in test modes—Pellets, Powder, Fine Powder, Foam, and Custom—allowing for quick selection based on sample type.

Graphical Testing Data

Tabular Cycle Data
Applications

Ceramic Fracturing

Specifications

pecification	Details

Model	Densi 100
Principle	Gas displacement method
Pre-Treatment	Gas purge, Flow
Pressure	0–150 kPa (Gauge)
Accuracy	0.03%
Repeatability	0.02%
Cell Volume	Nominal: 100 ml or 10 ml Available inserts: 35 ml, 10 ml, 3.5 ml, 1 ml
Calibration Method	Automatic calibration
Gases	Helium or Nitrogen
Testing Range	0.0001 g/cm³ to infinity
Dimensions and Weight	L 15.0 in (380 mm) × W 11.0 in (280 mm) × H 11.0 in (280 mm) 22 lbs. (10 kg)
Power Requirement	110 or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Surface DX Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Surface DX Series

BET Surface Area Analyser

When fully optimized, up to 8 samples can be analyzed per hour across 4 stations.
Automatic Dewar elevator and valve status indicator lights streamline operation.
Compact, user-friendly design ideal for routine QC environments.

Introduction

The AMI-Surface DX Series offers a fully automated solution for BET surface area analysis using dynamic flow adsorption. Designed for high-throughput labs, it features four parallel analysis stations, enabling simultaneous testing and significantly reducing turnaround times.

Operating without a vacuum system, the AMI-Surface DX uses a dynamic flow (non-static) method that supports both single-point and multi-point BET analysis. This makes it ideal for quality control, R&D, and production environments, especially for low surface area materials. With reference comparison methods, adsorption peaks are detected rapidly and accurately—delivering precise results with exceptional speed.

Key Features

Patent of Invention

Accurate adsorption measurements based on sharp peak detection eliminate errors caused by incomplete desorption. Ideal for low surface area samples such as ternary materials and battery electrode materials. (Patent No. 20140320453.2)

Automatic Nitrogen Partial Pressure Control

Surface DX 400 is equipped with high-precision mass flow controllers to automatically regulate nitrogen partial pressure during BET surface area measurements. This ensures stable and accurate gas flow across the sample surface, delivering consistent and reliable adsorption results with minimal manual intervention.

Four Parallel Operating Analysis Stations

Run up to four samples at once with independently controlled stations. Achieve unmatched throughput with consistent test conditions and result repeatability better than ±1.0%.

Anti-Elutriation Technology

A built-in anti-contamination unit prevents sample particles from entering the instrument’s internal gas line, ensuring operational reliability and long-term cleanliness.

Optional Sample Preparation Unit

External sample preparation device with four-degas stations can remove adsorbed contaminants from surface and pores of samples with heating in flowing gas/vacuum. Temperature can be set and controlled from ambient to 400 ºC.

Low Form Dewar flask

Long lasting, high volume (1 L) Dewar flasks assure a constant thermal profile along the length of sample tubes during experiment.

Fast, Sensitive Testing

Adsorption peak looks sharp, no trailing phenomenon, the change of nitrogen concentration caused by each sample adsorption is not diluted at all; the sensitivity of the sample test is greatly improved. The test efficiency is greatly improved under the condition of sufficient adsorption and the comparative test of four samples in one time only needs about 15 minutes.
Software

The AMI-Surface DX software provides intuitive operation with real-time visualization of nitrogen and helium flow. During analysis, users can monitor adsorption activity dynamically, offering a clear understanding of test progress and conditions. Ideal for both novice and advanced users, the interface ensures reliable, traceable operation.
Applications

Silcone Nitride

Specifications

Category	Specification

Model	Surface DX
Principle	Low temperature nitrogen adsorption, dynamic method
Method	Reference method Single point BET / Multi-point BET
Efficiency	8 samples/hr
Adsorbate and Carrier Gas	High purity nitrogen (99.999%) High purity helium (99.999%)
Gas Mixing Control	Mass Flow Controllers
Thermal Conductivity Detector	1
Analysis Ports	4 (3 if performing the reference method)
Range of BET Surface Area	For reference method: 0.5 to 100 m²/g For single BET and multipoint BET: 0.5 m²/g to infinity
Repeatability	Typically, better than ±1.0% (carbon black)
Volume and Weight	L 24.0 in (610 mm) × W 18.0 in (460 mm) × H 27.0 in (680 mm), 66 lbs (30 kg)
Power Requirements	110V or 200–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, maximum power 300 W

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Micro 300

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Micro 300

BET Surface Area, Pore Size and Micropore Analyser

Available in multiple models to support diverse lab-throughput needs.
3 analysis stations with high-vacuum pump and up to 3 pressure sensors per station.y
Equipped with 3 in-situ degassing ports and 1 cold trap.

The AMI-Micro 300 Series Series is a high-precision physisorption analyser designed for BET surface area, pore size, and micropore analysis of porous materials. With three independently operating analysis ports, the Micro 300 supports simultaneous gas adsorption testing with different adsorbate gases, making it well suited for MOFs, molecular sieves, catalysts, activated carbon, and other microporous materials.

The Micro 300 B and C models are equipped with a 1 torr or 0.1 torr high-sensitivity pressure transducers and a turbo molecular pump with an ultimate pressure of 10^-8 Pa, ensuring precise measurements of microporous structures. Furthermore, all three analysis stations support in-situ sample preparation, minimizing the risk of contamination. This instrument is particularly well-suited for the characterisation of microporous materials, including MOFs, molecular sieves, catalysts, activated carbon, and other porous substances.

Key Features

Low Dead-Volume Module Design for Accurate Gas Adsorption Analysis

The internal gas path design of the instrument adopts a unique integrated metal module design,
which not only reduces the internal dead volume space but also lowers the system leakage rate.

Saturated Vapor Pressure P₀ Measurement for Accurate P/P₀ Control

An independent P₀ pressure transducer is configured at 133 kPa for P₀ value testing,
enabling real-time P/P₀ measurement for more accurate and reliable test data.
Alternatively, an atmospheric pressure input method can be used to determine P₀.

Independent Analysis Ports for Simultaneous Physisorption Experiments

With independent analysis ports, the system employs a unique vacuum control logic that allows
each station to operate without disruption, even when using a single mechanical pump or pump group.
This enables simultaneous, independent experiments, meeting diverse adsorbent testing needs while
ensuring high efficiency.

Thermal Stabilization for Reliable Surface Area and Pore Size Analysis

A core rod in the sample tube reduces deadvolume and stabilizes the cold free space coefficient,
while an iso-thermal jacket maintains a constant thermal profile along the tube. Additionally,
automatic helium correction ensures precise calibration for any powder or particulate material,
minimizing temperature-related deviations during analysis.

High-Accuracy Pressure Transducers for Micropore Analysis

Equipped with 1000 torr pressure transducers, the Meso Series enables precise physical adsorption
analysis, achieving a partial pressure (P/P₀) as low as 10^-2 for nitrogen
(N₂) at 77 K.

Manifold Contamination Control for Reliable Adsorption Measurements

This system features a multi-channel, adjustable, and parallel vacuum design with segmented vacuum control.
This setup effectively prevents samples from being drawn up into the analyser, therefore preventing manifold contamination.

Liquid Nitrogen Dewar for Stable Adsorption Testing

The use of 1 L Dewar flasks in conjunction with a sealed cover ensures a stable thermal profile along the entire
length of both the sample tubes and P₀ tubes throughout the testing process.

In-Situ Sample Preparation and Degassing Ports

Equipped with four in-situ degassing ports, enabling simultaneous degassing and analysis. Each port offers
independent temperature control from ambient to 400°C, ensuring precise sample preparation.
Software

PAS Software is an intelligent solution for operation control, data acquisition, calculation, analysis, and report generation on the Windows platform. It communicates with the host via the LAN port and can remotely control multiple instruments simultaneously.

PAS Software adopts a unique intake control method, optimizing pressure in the adsorption and desorption processes through a six-stage setting, which improves testing efficiency

Each adsorption equilibrium process is dynamically displayed on the test interface. Adsorption characteristics ofthe sample can be easily understood.

Changes in pressure and temperature inside the manifold can be directly observed in the test interface,providing convenience for sample testing and instrument maintenance. Current state of analyzer can be intuitively understood with the indicator light and event bar.

A clear and concise report setting interface,
including the following:

Adsorption and desorption isotherms
Single-/Multipoint BET surface area
Langmuir surface area
STSA surface area
Pore size distribution according to BJH
t-plot
Dubinin–Radushkevich
Horvath–Kawazoe
Saito–Foley
Applications

Small Molecule Hydrocarbon

Amorphous Silica

Nanoporous Material

Specifications

pecific Model	300A	300B	300C

Analysis Ports	3	3	3
P0 Transducer	3	3	3
Analysis Pressure Transducer	3	5	9
Accuracy PTs	Port 1: 1000 torr Port 2: 1000 torr Port 3: 1000 torr	Port 1: 1000 torr, 10 torr, 1(0.1) torr Port 2: 1000 torr Port 3: 1000 torr	Port 1: 1000 torr, 10 torr, 1(0.1) torr Port 2: 1000 torr, 10 torr, 1(0.1) torr Port 3: 1000 torr, 10 torr, 1(0.1) torr
Adsorbates	N₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO₂, CO, NH₃, CH₄, etc.
Pump	1 mechanical pump (ultimate vacuum 10⁻² Pa)	1 mechanical pump (ultimate vacuum 10⁻² Pa); 1 turbo molecular pump (ultimate vacuum 10⁻⁸ Pa)
Cold Trap	1
P/P₀	10⁻⁴ – 0.998	10⁻⁸ – 0.998
Surface Area	≥ 0.0005 m²/g, test repeatability: RSD ≤ 1.0%
Pore Size	0.35–500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ 0.02 nm
Pore Volume	≥ 0.0001 cm³/g
Degassing Ports	3 in-situ
Volume & Weight	L 34.5 in (870 mm) × W 22.5 in (570 mm) × H 35.0 in (890 mm), 176–198 lbs (80–90 kg)
Power Requirements	110 or 200–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, maximum power 300 W

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Micro 200

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Micro 200

Surface Area and Pore Size Distribution Analyser

Available in multiple models to support diverse lab-throughput needs.
2 analysis stations with high-vacuum pump and up to 3 pressure sensors per station.
Simultaneous testing with different adsorbate gases across all active stations.

The AMI-Micro 200 Series is a high-precision physisorption instrument designed for the accurate determination of specific surface area and pore size distribution in a wide range of materials. The series is available in three distinct models—A, B, and C—each offering specialized capabilities to accommodate various analytical requirements (refer to the specification table for further details).

The Micro 200 B and C models can be equipped with high-sensitivity 10 torr or 1 torr pressure transducers (with an optional 0.1 torr configuration) and a turbo molecular pump achieving an ultimate pressure of 10⁻⁸ Pa, ensuring exceptional accuracy in the characterization of microporous structures. Furthermore, all analysis stations incorporate in-situ sample preparation, effectively minimizing contamination and enhancing measurement reliability.

Engineered for advanced materials research, the AMI-Micro 200 Series is particularly well-suited for the characterization of microporous materials, including metal-organic frameworks (MOFs), molecular sieves, catalysts, activated carbon, and other porous substances, providing precise and reproducible gas adsorption analysis.

Key Features

Module Design for Minimal Dead Volume

The internal gas path design of the instrument adopts a unique integrated metal module design, which not only reduces the internal dead volume space but also lowers the system leakage rate.

Saturated Vapor Pressure P₀

An independent P₀ pressure transducer i sconfigured at 133 kPa for P0 value testing, enabling real-time P/P0 measurement for more accurate and reliable test data. Alternatively, an atmospheric pressure input method can be used to determine P₀.

Independent analysis ports

With independent analysis ports, the system employs a unique vacuum control logic that allows each station to operate without disruption, even when using a single mechanical pump or pump group. This enables simultaneous, independent experiments, meeting diverse adsorbent testing needs while ensuring high efficiency.

High-Precision Micropore Distribution Analysis (Micro 200 B and C)

Utilizes advanced micropore models, including the Horvath-Kawazoe (HK) and Saito-Foley (SF) methods, toaccurately determine pore size distribution. Ensures an aperture deviation of less than 0.02 nm, providing precise characterization of microporous materials in gas adsorption studies.

Thermal Stabilization

A core rod in the sample tube reduces dead volume and stabilizes the cold free space coefficient, while an iso-thermal jacket maintains a constant thermal profile along the tube. Additionally, automatic helium correction ensures precise calibration for any powder or particulate material, minimizing temperature- related deviations during analysis.

Customizable Selection of Pressure Transducers

Depending on the model, the AMI-Micro 200 Series offers various quantities and types of pressure transducers. Among them, the Micro 200 C, equipped with a 1 Torr transducer (selectable 0.1 Torr), enables a partial pressure (P/P₀) of up to 10‾⁸ (N₂/77 K) in physical adsorption analysis.

Optimized Manifold Contamination Control

This system features a multi-channel, adjustable, and parallel vacuum design with segmented vacuum control. This setup effectively prevents samples from being drawn up into the analyzer therefore preventing manifold contamination.

Turbo Molecular Pump

A Turbo Molecular pump is included on the MicroMicro 200C. Achieving ultimate pressures of 10‾⁸ Pa, this system ensures a solid foundation for precise micropore analysis at ultra- low pressures.

Multiple Degassing Stations for Sample Preparation

Equipped with two (2) integrated degassing ports and two (2) in-situ degassing ports. Each port offers independent temperature control from ambient to 400°C (Optional: RT-500°C), ensuring precise sample preparation. In- situ degassing enhances microporous material analysis by providing superior efficiency over ex- situ methods.
Software
PAS Software is an intelligent solution for operation control, data acquisition, calculation, analysis, and report generation on the Windows platform. It communicates with the host via the LAN port and can remotely control multiple instruments simultaneously.

PAS Software adopts a unique intake control method, optimizing pressure in the adsorption and desorption processes through a six-stage setting, which improves testing efficiency.

Each adsorption equilibrium process is dynamically displayed on the test interface. Adsorption characteristics of the sample can be easily understood.
A clear and concise report setting interface, including the following:
- Adsorption and desorption isotherms
- Single-/Multipoint BET surface area
- Langmuir surface area
- STSA-surface area
- Pore size distribution according to BJH
- T-plot
- Dubinin-Radushkevich
- Horvath-Kawazoe
- Saito-Foley
Applications

Battery

Ionic Liquids

Specifications

Model	Micro 200

Specific Model	200A	200B	200C
Analysis Ports	2	2	2
P₀ Transducer	2	2	2
Analysis Pressure Transducer	2	4	6
Pressure Transducers Configuration	Port 1: 1000 torr Port 2: 1000 torr	Port 1: 1000 torr, 10 torr Port 2: 1000 torr, 10 torr (Optional)	Port 1: 1000 torr, 10 torr, 1 (0.1) torr Port 2: 1000 torr, 10 torr, 1 (0.1) torr
Pressure Transducer Accuracy and Resolution	Accuracy: 0.05% F.S. Resolution: 0.0005% F.S.	1000 torr – Accuracy: 0.05% F.S., Resolution: 0.0005% F.S. 10 torr / 1 torr – Accuracy: 0.2% RDG, Resolution: 0.003% F.S. 0.1 torr – Accuracy: 0.5% RDG, Resolution: 0.003% F.S.
Pump	2 mechanical pumps (ultimate vacuum 10^-1 Pa; minimal 7.5 × 10^-4 torr): 1 analysis, 1 degas	2 mechanical pumps (ultimate vacuum 10^-1 Pa; minimal 7.5 × 10^-4 torr): 1 analysis, 1 degas 1 turbo molecular pump (ultimate vacuum 10^-8 Pa; minimal 7.5 × 10^-11 torr)
P/P₀ Range	10^-4 – 0.998	10^-6 – 0.998	10^-8 – 0.998
Specific Surface Area	≥ 0.01 m²/g test repeatability: RSD ≤ ±1.0%	N₂: 0.01 m²/g to upper limit Kr: 0.0005 m²/g to upper limit Test repeatability: RSD ≤ ±1.0%
Pore Size Range	0.35–500 nm test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm (*Achieved with CO₂)	0.35–500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm 0–20 nm (*Achieved with CO₂) 7–500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm, N₂ Adsorption	0.35–500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm
Pore Volume	≥ 0.0001 cm³/g
Degassing Ports	2 in-situ; 2 ex-situ
Adsorbates	N₂, CO₂, Ar, H₂, O₂, CO, CH₄, etc.	N₂, CO₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO, CH₄, etc.
Cold Trap	2
Dimensions and Weight	L 36.0 in (915 mm) × W 22.4 in (570 mm) × H 36.0 in (915 mm), 261.8 lbs (119 kg)
Power Requirements	110 V or 200–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, maximum power 300 W

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Micro 100

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Micro 100

Surface Area and Pore Size Distribution Analyser

Available in multiple models to support diverse lab-throughput needs.
2 analysis stations with high-vacuum pump and up to 3 pressure sensors per station.
Simultaneous testing with different adsorbate gases across all active stations.

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The AMI-Micro 100 Series is a high-precision physisorption instrument designed for the accurate determination of specific surface area and pore size distribution in a wide range of materials. The series is available in three distinct models—A, B, and C—each offering specialized capabilities to accommodate various analytical requirements (refer to the specification table for further details).

The Micro 100 C model is equipped with high-sensitivity 1 torr pressure transducers (with an optional 0.1 torr configuration) and a turbo molecular pump achieving an ultimate pressure of 10⁻⁸ Pa, ensuring exceptional accuracy in the characterization of microporous structures. Furthermore, all analysis stations incorporate in-situ sample preparation, effectively minimizing contamination and enhancing measurement reliability.

Engineered for advanced materials research, the AMI-Micro 100 Series is particularly well-suited for the characterization of microporous materials, including metal-organic frameworks (MOFs), molecular sieves, catalysts, activated carbon, and other porous substances, providing precise and reproducible gas adsorption analysis.

Key Features

Module Design for Minimal Dead Volume

The internal gas path design of the instrument adopts a unique integrated metal module design, which not only reduces the internal dead volume space but also lowers the system leakage rate.

Saturated Vapor Pressure P₀

An independent P₀ pressure transducer is configured at 133 kPa for P₀ value testing, enabling real-time P/P₀ measurement for more accurate and reliable test data. Alternatively, an atmospheric pressure input method can be used to determine P₀.

Independent analysis ports

With independent analysis ports, the system employs a unique vacuum control logic that allows each station to operate without disruption, even when using a single mechanical pump or pump group. This enables simultaneous, independent experiments, meeting diverse adsorbent testing needs while ensuring high efficiency.

High-Precision Micropore Distribution Analysis (Micro 100C)

Utilizes advanced micropore models, including the Horvath-Kawazoe (HK) and Saito-Foley (SF) methods, to accurately determine pore size distribution. Ensures an aperture deviation of less than 0.02 nm, providing precise characterisation of microporous materials in gas adsorption studies.

Thermal Stabilisation

A core rod in the sample tube reduces dead volume and stabilizes the cold free space coefficient, while an iso-thermal jacket maintains a constant thermal profile along the tube. Additionally, automatic helium correction ensures precise calibration for any powder or particulate material, minimising temperature- related deviations during analysis.

Customisable Selection of Pressure Transducers

Depending on the model, the AMI-Micro 100 Series offers various quantities and types of pressure transducers. Among them, the Micro 100C, equipped with a 1 Torr transducer (selectable 0.1 Torr), enables a partial pressure (P/P₀) of up to 10⁻⁸ (N₂/77 K) in physical adsorption analysis.

Optimised Manifold Contamination Control

This system features a multi-channel, adjustable, and parallel vacuum design with segmented vacuum control. This setup effectively prevents samples from being drawn up into the analyser therefore preventing manifold contamination.

Turbo Molecular Pump

A Turbo Molecular pump is included on the Micro 100C. Achieving ultimate pressures of 10⁻⁸ Pa, this system ensures a solid foundation for precis micropore analysis at ultra- low pressures.

Multiple Degassing Stations for Sample Preparation

Equipped with two (2) integrated degassing ports and two (2) in-situ degassing ports. Each port offers independent temperature control from ambient to 400°C (Optional: RT-500°C), ensuring precise sample preparation. In- situ degassing enhances microporous material analysis by providing superior efficiency over ex- situ methods.
Software
PAS Software is an intelligent solution for operation control, data acquisition, calculation, analysis, and report generation on the Windows platform. It communicates with the host via the LAN port and can remotely control multiple instruments simultaneously.

PAS Software adopts a unique intake control method, optimizing pressure in the adsorption and desorption processes through a six-stage setting, which improves testing efficiency.

Each adsorption equilibrium process is dynamically displayed on the test interface. Adsorption characteristics of the sample can be easily understood.

Changes in pressure and temperature inside the manifold can be directly observed in the test interface, providing convenience for sample testing and instrument maintenance. The current state of analyzer can be intuitively understood with the indicator light and event bar.
A clear and concise report setting interface, including the following:
- Adsorption and desorption isotherms
- Single-/Multipoint BET surface area
- Langmuir surface area
- STSA-surface area
- Pore size distribution according to BJH
- T-plot
- Dubinin-Radushkevich
- Horvath-Kawazoe
- Saito-Foley

Specifications

Specific Model	100A	100B	100C

Analysis Ports	2	2	2
Po Transducer	1	1	1
Analysis Pressure Transducer	1	2	3
Pressure Transducers	1000 Torr	1000 Torr, 10 Torr	1000 Torr, 10 Torr, 1 (0.1) Torr
Pressure Transducer Accuracy and Resolution	Accuracy: 0.05% F.S., Resolution: 0.0005% F.S.	1000 torr – Accuracy: 0.05% F.S., Resolution: 0.0005% F.S. 10 torr/ 1 torr -Accuracy: 0.2% RDG, Resolution: 0.003% F.S	1000 torr – Accuracy: 0.05% F.S., Resolution: 0.0005% F.S. 10 torr/ 1 torr -Accuracy: 0.2% RDG, Resolution: 0.003% F.S. 0.1 torr -Accuracy: 0.5% RDG, Resolution: 0.003% F.S.
Pump	2 mechanical pumps (ultimate vacuum 10‾¹ Pa; minimal 7.5 x 10‾⁴ torr): 1 analysis, 1 degas;	2 mechanical pumps (ultimate vacuum 10‾¹ Pa; minimal 7.5 x 10‾⁴ torr) : 1 analysis, 1 degas.	1 mechanical pumps (ultimate vacuum 10‾¹ Pa; minimal 7.5 x 10‾⁴ torr): 1 analysis, 1 degas 1 turbo molecular pump (ultimate vacuum 10‾⁸ Pa; minimal 7.5 × 10‾¹¹ torr )
P/Po Range	10⁻⁴ – 0.998	10⁻⁸ – 0.998	Standard: 10‾⁷ – 0.998 Optional: 10⁻⁸ – 0.998
Specific Surface Area	≥ 0.01 m²/g, test repeatability: RSD ≤ ±1.0%	N₂: 0.01 m²/g to upper limit; Kr: 0.0005 m²/g to upper limit. Test repeatability: RSD ≤ ±1.0%
Cold Trap	2
Pore Size Measurement Range	0.35-500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm (Achieved with CO₂)	0.35-500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm (Achieved with CO₂) 0.7 -500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm, N₂ Adsorption	0.35-500 nm, test repeatability: ≤±0.02 nm
Pore Volume	≥ 0.0001 cm³/g
Degassing Ports	2 in-situ / 2 ex-situ
Adsorbates	N₂, CO₂, Ar, H₂, O₂, CO, CH₂, etc.	N₂, CO₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO, CH₂, etc
Dimensions & Weight	L 36.0 in (915 mm) × W 22.4 in (570 mm) × H 36.0 in (915 mm), 239 lbs (109 kg)
Power Requirements	110 or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, maximum power 300 W

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Meso 400

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Meso 400

Gas Adsorption Analyser

Balances high-throughput testing with independent station control.
Available with 4 analysis ports, each with in-situ degassing capability.
Simultaneously analyse different adsorbate gases across up to 4 stations.

The AMI-Meso 400 is a compact, high-performance sorption analyser designed for the precise characterisation of mesoporous and macroporous materials. Equipped with four fully independent analysis stations, it enables the determination of BET surface area, total pore volume, and pore size distribution with maximum efficiency.

Each analysis station features an individual dosing volume, allowing fully autonomous operation with independent programming and initiation at any time—eliminating downtime between analyses. This design ensures highly reproducible results and optimised throughput.

The AMI-Meso 400 supports a wide range of non-corrosive adsorptive gases, including N₂, CO₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO, NH₃, and CH₄, providing exceptional flexibility for various research and industrial applications. Additionally, all four stations function as in-situ degassing units, enabling efficient sample preparation within the same system.

Key Features

Module Design for Minimal Dead Volume

The internal gas path design of the instrument adopts a unique integrated metal module design, which not only reduces the internal dead volume space but also helps mitigate possible leaks.

Saturated Vapor Pressure P₀

An independent P₀ pressure transducer is configured at 133 kPa for P₀ value testing, enabling real-time P/P₀ measurement for more accurate and reliable test data. Alternatively, an atmospheric pressure input method can be used to determine P₀.

Independent analysis ports

With independent analysis ports, the system employs a unique vacuum control logic that allows each station to operate without disruption, even when using a single mechanical pump or pump group. This enables simultaneous, independent experiments, meeting diverse adsorbent testing needs while ensuring high efficiency.

Thermal Stabilisation

A core rod in the sample tube reduces dead volume and stabilises the cold free space coefficient, while an iso-thermal jacket maintains a constant thermal profile along the tube. Additionally, automatic helium correction ensures precise calibration for any powder or particulate material, minimizing temperature-related deviations during analysis.

High Accuracy Pressure Transducers

Equipped with 1000 torr pressure transducers, the Meso Series enables precise physical adsorption analysis, achieving a partial pressure (P/P₀) as low as 10^-2 for nitrogen (N₂) at 77 K.

Optimised Manifold Contamination Control

This system features a multi-channel, adjustable, and parallel vacuum design with segmented vacuum control. This setup effectively prevents samples from being drawn up into the analyser therefore preventing manifold contamination.

Liquid Nitrogen Dewar

The use of 1 L Dewar flasks in conjunction with a sealed cover ensures a stable thermal profile along the entire length of both the sample tubes and P₀ tubes throughout the testing process.

Sample Preparation

Equipped with four in-situ degassing ports, enabling simultaneous degassing and analysis. Each port offers independent temperature control from ambient to 400°C, ensuring precise sample preparation.
Software

PAS Software is an intelligent solution for operation control, data acquisition, calculation, analysis, and report generation on the Windows platform. It communicates with the host via the LAN port and can remotely control multiple instruments simultaneously.

PAS Software adopts a unique intake control method, optimising pressure in the adsorption and desorption processes through a six-stage setting, which improves testing efficiency.

Changes in pressure and temperature inside the manifold can be directly observed in the test interface, providing convenience for sample testing and instrument maintenance. The current state of analyser can be intuitively understood with the indicator light and event bar.

Each adsorption equilibrium process is dynamically displayed on the test interface. Adsorption characteristics of the sample can be easily understood.

A clear and concise report setting interface, including the following:

Adsorption and desorption isotherms

Single-/Multipoint BET surface area

Langmuir surface area

STSA-surface area

Pore size distribution according to BJH

T-plot

Dubinin-Radushkevich

Horvath-Kawazoe

Saito-Foley
Applications

Carbon Black

Technical Specs

Model	AMI Meso 400
Analysis Ports	4
P0 Transducer	4
Analysis Pressure Transducer	4
Accuracy (Pressure Transducers)	1000 Torr
Pump	1 mechanical pump (ultimate vacuum 10⁻² Pa)
P/P0	10⁻⁴ – 0.998
Surface Area	≥ 0.0005 m²/g, test repeatability: RSD ≤ 1.0%
Pore Size	0.35–500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ 0.02 nm
Pore Volume	≥ 0.0001 cm³/g
Degassing Ports	4 in-situ
Absorbates	N₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO₂, CO, NH₃, CH₄, etc.
Cold Trap	1
Volume and Weight	38.5 in (980 mm) × 25.0 in (630 mm) × 38.5 in (976 mm), 176–199 lbs (≈90 kg)
Power Requirements	110 or 200–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, max power 300 W

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Meso 112/222

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 29, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
Meso 112/222

Gas Adsorption Analyser

Available with 2 analysis ports, each with in-situ degassing capability.
Simultaneously analyze different adsorbate gases across up to 2 stations.
Each port features an independent gas inlet (excluding Meso 112 model).

The AMI-Meso 112/222 Series is engineered for high-precision surface area and pore size characterization of powdered materials. This series comprises two models, Meso 112 and Meso 222, both integrated with 1000 torr pressure transducers at each analysis station for accurate BET surface area determination and mesopore size distribution analysis.

Each analysis port is equipped with an in-situ degassing module capable of heating samples up to 400°C, ensuring efficient removal of adsorbed contaminants prior to analysis. This in-situ degassing eliminates the risk of contamination associated with sample transfer. Additionally, when multiple stations are utilized, each operates independently, allowing for simultaneous yet discrete analyses of different samples.

Key Features

Module Design for Minimal Dead Volume

The internal gas path design of the instrument adopts a unique integrated metal module design, which not only reduces the internal dead volume spacebut also helps mitigate possible leaks.

Saturated Vapor Pressure P₀

An independent P₀ pressure transducer is configured at 133 kPa for P₀ value testing,enabling real-time P/P₀ measurement for more accurate and reliable test data. Alternatively, an atmospheric pressure input method can be used to determine P₀.

Independent analysis ports

With independent analysis ports, the system employs a unique vacuum control logic that allows each station to operate without disruption, even when using a single mechanical pump or pump group. This enables simultaneous, independent experiments, meeting diverse adsorbent testing needs while ensuring high efficiency.

Thermal Stabilization

A core rod in the sample tube reduces deadvolume and stabilizes the cold free space coefficient, while an iso-thermal jacket maintains a constant thermal profile along the tube. Additionally, automatic helium correction ensures precise calibration for any powder or particulate material, minimizing temperature-related deviations during analysis.

High Accuracy Pressure Transducers

Equipped with 1000 torr pressure transducers, the Meso Series enables precise physical adsorption analysis, achieving a partial pressure (P/P₀) as low as 10^-2 for nitrogen (N₂) at 77 K.

Optimized Manifold Contamination Control

This system features a multi-channel, adjustable, and parallel vacuum design with segmented vacuum control. This setup effectively prevents samples from being drawn up into the analyzer therefore preventing manifold contamination.

Liquid Nitrogen Dewar

The use of 1 L Dewar flasks in conjunction with a sealed cover ensures a stable thermal profile along the entire length of both the sample tubes and P₀ tubes throughout the testing process.

Sample Preparation

Equipped with four in-situ degassing ports, enabling simultaneous degassing and analysis. Each port offers independent temperature control from ambient to 400°C, ensuring precise sample preparation.
Software

PAS Software is an intelligent solution for operation control, data acquisition, calculation, analysis, and report generation on the Windows platform. It communicates with the host via the LAN port and can remotely control multiple instruments simultaneously.

PAS Software adopts a unique intake control method, optimising pressure in the adsorption and desorption processes through a six-stage setting, which improves testing efficiency.

Changes in pressure and temperature inside the manifold can be directly observed in the test interface, providing convenience for sample testing and instrument maintenance. The current state of analyser can be intuitively understood with the indicator light and event bar.

Each adsorption equilibrium process is dynamically displayed on the test interface. Adsorption characteristics of the sample can be easily understood.

A clear and concise report setting interface, including the following:

Adsorption and desorption isotherms

Single-/Multipoint BET surface area

Langmuir surface area

STSA-surface area

Pore size distribution according to BJH

T-plot

Dubinin-Radushkevich

Horvath-Kawazoe

Saito-Foley

Technical Specs

Analysis Ports	AMI-Meso 112 2 and AMI-Meso 222 2
P0 Transducer	AMI-Meso 112 2 and AMI-Meso 222 2
Analysis Pressure Transducer	AMI-Meso 112 1 and AMI-Meso 222 2
Accuracy (PTs)	1000 Torr Accuracy: 0.05% F.S., Resolution: 0.0005% F.S.
Pump	1 mechanical pump (ultimate vacuum 10-1 Pa; minimal 7.5 x 10-4 torr
P/P0 Range	10⁻⁴ – 0.998
Specific Surface Area	≥ 0.01 m2/g, test repeatability: RSD ≤ 1.0%
Pore Size Range	.35-500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm (Achieved with CO2)
Pore Volume	≥ 0.0001 cm³/g
Degassing Ports	2 in-situ
*Adsorbates	N₂, CO₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO, CH₄, etc.
Cold Trap	1
Volume and Weight	L 34.5 in (870 mm) × W 22.5 in (570 mm) × H 35.0 in (890 mm), 188 lbs (85 kg)
Power Requirements	110 or 200–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, max power 300 W

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

AMI-Sync Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on April 27, 2026. Posted in Products.

AMI
AMI-Sync Series

Gas Adsorption Analyser

Multi-port gas adsorption analyser for simultaneous BET and porosity measurements.
Complete up to 4 BET surface area measurements in approximately 20–30 minutes under optimized conditions.
BET repeatability of ≤ ±1.0% supports accurate, reproducible surface area and pore size analysis.

The AMI-Sync Series is a fully automated gas adsorption analyser designed for rapid BET surface area, pore size, and porosity characterisation of porous and non-porous materials. Built for high-throughput laboratory environments, the AMI-Sync supports catalysts, zeolites, MOFs, advanced battery materials, and other materials requiring accurate gas physisorption analysis.

Available in flexible 1-, 2-, or 4-station configurations, the AMI-Sync Series features a common P₀ measuring transducer and supports simultaneous saturation vapor pressure measurements. Each unit is built for high-throughput performance, with options for a dedicated pressure transducer per station to maximize speed, or a shared sensor setup for cost efficiency. A single large-volume dewar supports multiple stations simultaneously, offering an ideal solution for space-conscious laboratories with demanding workloads.

Key Features

Customizable Configuration for Throughput Analysis Needs

The AMI-Sync series offers a scalable solution with up to four high-resolution measurement stations for precise pore size and surface area analysis. For increased throughput, additional instruments can be linked via LAN, expanding to 12 analysis ports with centralized and remote-control capabilities.

Extended Analysis Duration

AMI-Sync analyzers are equipped with large 3-liter Dewar flasks that allow over 90 hours of continuous analysis. The system supports live refilling during experiments, ensuring uninterrupted data collection during long runs and complex isotherm acquisitions.

High Sensitivity & Reproducibility

The AMI-Sync Series delivers precise and reliable surface area and porosity data, with a BET detection limit as low as 0.1 m² absolute and 0.01 m²/g specific. It offers outstanding reproducibility—within 1% on standard reference materials like BAM P115—ensuring confidence in repeated analyses.

Precision-Engineered Hardware

Built with stainless steel and vacuum-brazed manifolds, the system features ultra-durable bellows valves rated for over 5 million cycles. Temperature control maintains ±0.05 °C stability, while 32-bit pressure sensors provide high-resolution, accurate data capture.

Cryo Tune^TM (Optional Feature)

Unlock advanced temperature control with Cryo Tune^TM, an optional low-temperature cold bath system designed for precision adsorption studies. Fully integrated with Sync software, Cryo Tune^TM allows users to effortlessly conduct adsorption isotherm measurements across a range of temperatures.

Optimized Manifold Contamination Control

A two-step filtration system protects the manifold from particulates reducing contamination risks and extending instrument life. Combined with stainless steel construction and high-cycle bellows valves, the system ensures clean, reliable operation even in high-throughput environments.

Compact & Lab-Ready

All models share a compact footprint of 51 ×53 × 93 cm, making them ideal for space-conscious labs. Despite their compact size, Sync analyzers are fully equipped for both research-grade and industrial applications, offering power, durability, and precision in one system.
Software

Sync Series analyzers are driven by a multilingual, user-friendly software suite that supports:

• Control of up to 8 instruments from a single PC
• Built-in method libraries for fast setup and repeatability
• Customizable analysis profiles with real-time system feedback
• Automated leak detection and guided maintenance routines
• Visual instrument status interface for monitoring analysis in progress

Additional capabilities include void volume correction, supercritical P₀ handling, temperature control with CryoTune, and compatibility with up to 6 gases per station.

Data Analysis Capabilities:

Isothermal absorption and desorption curve
BET specific surface area (single and multiple point)
Langmuir surface area
Statistical thickness surface area. (STSA)

HK pore size analysis
SF pore size analysis
NLDFT pore size distribution
Total pore volume
t-plot analysis

Specifications

Specific Model	110 \| 210 \| 220 \| 420 \| 440
Analysis Ports	1 \| 2 \| 2 \| 4 \| 4
p0 Transducer	1 \| 1 \| 1 \| 1 \| 1
Analysis Pressure Transducer	1 \| 1 \| 2 \| 2 \| 4
Pressure Transducer	1000 torr
Pressure Transducer Accuracy and Resolution	Accuracy: 0.05% F.S., Resolution: 0.0005% F.S
Specific Surface Area	≥ 0.01 m2/g, test repeatability: RSD ≤ ±1.0%
Pore Size Range	.35-500 nm, test repeatability: ≤ ±0.02 nm (Achieved with CO2)
Pore Volume	≥ 0.0001 cm³/g
Pump	1 mechanical pump (ultimate vacuum 10-1 Pa; minimal 7.5 x 10-4 torr)
P/P0 Range	10-4 – 0.998
Absorbates	N₂, CO₂, Ar, Kr, H₂, O₂, CO, NH₃, CH₄
Dimensions	51 × 53 × 93 cm (16.1 × 20.8 × 36.6 inches) – all same size
Weight	45 kg \| 99 lbs (maximum depending on configuration)
Power Requirements	100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, maximum power 300 W

Applications

Silver Powder

Solar Cells

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Bettersize BeSEC

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 26, 2026. Posted in Products.

Bettersize
BeSEC

Molecular Weight Analyser

Measure the absolute molecular weight
Dual-angle light scattering detector
Molecular weight range: 1 kDa to 2 GDa

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

A dual-angle light scattering detector that can be used to measure the absolute molecular weight of proteins, synthetic polymers, and natural polymers, as well as molecular size in terms of radius of gyration (Rg).

Proteins: Determine molecular weight, oligomer state, and aggregates
Polymers & Polysaccharides: Analyze molecular weight distribution and size
No column calibration required since Mw is independent of elution volume
Low-angle detection enables accurate molecular weight
Compatible with any GPC or SEC system

Step into the future of chromatography with the BeSEC Series. Designed as a next-generation light scattering detector, the BeSEC transforms conventional SEC/GPC workflows into powerful platforms for absolute molecular weight analysis.

Unlike traditional methods that rely on retention time, the BeSEC delivers first-principles data, ensuring unmatched accuracy for researchers in biopharmaceuticals, advanced polymer science, and food chemistry— accelerating the path from discovery to market.

Key Features and Benefits
Key Features
- Detection angles: 7° and 90°
- Molecular weight range: 1 kDa to 2 GDa
- Supports radius of gyration Rg > 12 nm
- Homopolymer and protein modes
- Acquires RI, UV, and start signals
- Intuitive software with real-time analysis
- 18 μL flow cell reduces band broadening
Benefits
- Proteins: Determine molecular weight, oligomer state, and aggregates
- Ppolymers and polysaccharides: Analyze molecular weight distribution and size
- No column calibration required since Mw is independent of elution volume
- Low-angle detection enables accurate molecular weight
- Compatible with any SEC or GPC system

Technical Specs

Technology	BeSEC LS1: 1 kDa to 20 MDa* BeSEC LS2: 1 kDa to 2 GDa*
Rg	BeSEC LS1: N/A BeSEC LS2: > 12 nm*
Detection Angle	BeSEC LS1: RALS (90°) BeSEC LS2: LALS (7°) and RALS (90°)
Laser Source Type	Diode Laser
Laser Power	10 mW
Laser Wavelength	640 nm
Sample Cell Volume	18 µL
Acquisition Rate	5 Hz
Dynamic Range	+/- 2500 mV
Connection to PC	USB
Measurement Modes	Homopolymer mode, protein mode
Output Results	BeSEC LS1: Mn, Mw, Mz, Mp, Pd, dn/dc, Concentration, Mw distribution BeSEC LS2: Mn, Mw, Mz, Mp, Pd, dn/dc, Concentration, Mw distribution, Rg
Analog Outputs	RI, UV and start signals
Solvent Compatibility	Aqueous and organic solvents
Wetted Parts	PTFE, PEEK, glass, stainless steel
Power Supply	AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 4.0 A
Dimensions	450 × 325 × 157 mm (= 17.7″ × 12.8″ × 6.2″)
Weight	11 kg (= 24.2 lbs)

Technology

Determining Absolute Molecular Weight

with the Light Scattering Detector

In size exclusion chromatography (SEC), separation depends only on the hydrodynamic size of the molecules. Larger molecules are unable to penetrate the pores of the stationary phase and elute earlier, while smaller molecules enter the pores and elute later. The separation mechanism is purely physical, and no chemical or adsorptive interactions occur between the solute and the stationary phase.

Breaking Free from Column Calibration

How the BeSEC Improves SEC/GPC Workflows

Traditional SEC/GPC systems without light scattering
detection provide only relative molecular weight

These systems require calibration with a series of polymer standards to create a calibration curve of molecular weight versus retention volume.

Conventional methods that rely on retention volume
introduce significant bias

Polymers with similar hydrodynamic size can elute at the same time yet differ greatly in molecular weight due to structural variations. Without light scattering detection, these differences remain hidden, making it impossible for traditional SEC or GPC to accurately distinguish between such samples.
Applications

Assess PET grade

Determine Lentinan MW

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Brochure
Coming Soon Request
quote

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

DeepSizer 300

Written by Sophie Lindsey on October 16, 2025. Posted in Products.

Bettersize Instruments
DeepSizer 300

Submersible Particle Size Analyser

Measures particle sizes from 0.1 to 2000µm
Measures concentrations from 0.001 to 100 g/L
Real-time sediment monitoring in rivers, lakes, estuaries, and coastal waters

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

YOUR ESSENTIAL TOOL FOR SEDIMENT INSIGHT

The DeepSizer 300 is a submersible particle size analyzer for real-time sediment monitoring in rivers, lakes, estuaries, and coastal waters. It measures concentrations from 0.001 to 100 g/L and particle sizes from 0.1 to 2000 μm with high accuracy.

Powered by six core technologies—including two patented innovations, Differential Path and Adaptive Path Technologies—it adapts to diverse conditions and remains reliable even in extreme environments.

DeepSizer 300 overcomes the risks, delays, inaccuracies, and maintenance burdens of traditional sediment analysis. It delivers trusted insights for sediment studies, ecological monitoring, water-quality assessment, and hydraulic engineering— supporting resilient, sustainable water systems.

Safer In-situ
Measurement

Challenge: Traditional sampling is labor-intensive, time-consuming, and exposes personnel to potential
health and safety risks.

Solution: DeepSizer 300 enables direct in-situ measurement, cutting sampling risks and providing
reliable, continuous data for ecosystems, pollutant tracking, and water safety.

Real-time Sediment Monitoring

Challenge: Conventional methods are too slow to track short-lived spikes in sediment concentration during
floods and typhoons.

Solution: DeepSizer 300 provides real-time measurements of concentration and PSD, capturing
critical flood events to support early warning and protect communities.

Accurate Results in High Turbidity

Challenge: Common optical and acoustic methods lose accuracy in highly turbid waters, limiting their reliability for sediment management.

Solution: DeepSizer 300 combines adaptive sediment concentration measurement with advanced multiplescattering correction, ensuring accurate results even under extreme sediment loads.

Reliable Long-term Field Deployment

Challenge: Extended field campaigns often suffer from window fouling, biofilm growth, and sediment deposits, leading to poor data quality and high maintenance costs.

Solution: DeepSizer 300 features automatic window cleaning and intelligent background correction, enabling long-term unattended operation with high-quality data.

Key Features
- Measures a broad concentration from 0.001 to 100 g/L and particle sizes from 0.1 to 2000 µm, delivering high-precision data across diverse water bodies.
- Measures additional parameters: depth, temperature, and conductivity.
- 80-detector array: detects light signals from 0.0163° to 42°.
- Patented core technologies: incorporate Differential Path Technology and Adaptive Path Technology, ensuring measurement accuracy and superior environmental adaptability.
- Automatic optical window cleaning system: removes deposits and contaminants from optical windows, keeping the instrument in optimal condition.
- Offers three transmission modes—wired, wireless, and offline—to adapt to diverse monitoring scenarios.

Technical Specs

Parameters Measured	Particle size distribution, total mass concentration, depth, temperature, conductivity
Concentration range	0.001 – 100 g/L ( kg/m³))
Particle size analysis range	0.1 – 2000 μm *
Particle size accuracy	≤ 2% *
Particle size repeatability	≤ 2% *
Depth sensor	0 – 200 m
Temperature sensor	-20 – 85°C
Laser source	10 mW, 635 nm
Detector	80 detectors
Measuring angle range	0.0163 – 42°
Optical path length range	0.5 – 40 mm
Depth rating	200 m
Protection level	IP 68
Automatic optical window cleaning	Available, programmable cleaning
Transmission modes	Wired / Wireless (4G) / Offline
Battery runtime	24 hours
Memory capacity	16 GB
Operating temperature	0 – 55°C
Instrument dimensions (L x W x H)	970 x 189 x 189 mm
Weight	20 kg
Computer interface	At least one high-speed USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 port required
Operating system	Windows 10 or above
Hardware specification	Intel Core i5 Processor, 8GB RAM, 512 GB SSD, 1920 x 1080 (Full HD)

*Sample dependent

Applications

Extreme Hydrological Conditions

Suspended Sediment Concentration

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

Spring Viscometers

Written by Sophie Lindsey on October 8, 2025. Posted in Products.

Lamy Rheology
Spring Viscometers

Viscometers

High precision + wide conditions
Smart connectivity & data control
Versatility and usability built-in

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Precision. Simplicity. Smart Control.

The new Spring Viscometer range from Lamy Rheology brings together trusted mechanical performance with cutting-edge digital intelligence — redefining routine viscosity measurement for laboratories and production environments alike.

Whether you’re working in pharmaceuticals, food, cosmetics, coatings, or chemicals, the Spring Viscometers deliver reliable, repeatable results with an intuitive interface designed to make complex testing effortless.

Why Choose the Spring Series?

Smart Connectivity and Data Management
The Spring Viscometers feature a 7″ touchscreen interface, USB and Ethernet connectivity, and full LIMS compatibility for seamless data transfer and traceability. Built-in programming options allow you to save, recall, and run standard methods with ease.
Flexible, User-Friendly Design
With unlimited speed control (0.1–250 rpm), multiple spindle options, and control via speed or shear rate, the Spring range adapts to every sample type. A guided method wizard, adjustable support feet, and real-time torque and shear data make operation effortless.
High Precision Across All Conditions
Experience exceptional measurement accuracy (±1% of full scale) and repeatability (±0.2%), with a wide operating range from –50 °C to +300 °C. Ideal for both routine QC checks and demanding R&D applications.

Engineered for Modern Laboratories

The Spring Viscometer range combines robust construction with intelligent software, offering a future-proof solution that grows with your testing needs. Designed and manufactured in France by Lamy Rheology, a global leader in rheological measurement, these instruments bring laboratory precision and industrial reliability together in one smart package.

Models

RV Spring Viscometer

LV Spring Viscometer
Applications

Wall Coating

Yoghurt

Melted Chocolate

Paint

Resins

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

P4PRO+

Written by Sophie Lindsey on November 18, 2024. Posted in Products.

Affinité
P4PRO+

Surface Plasmon Resonance Analyser

Multi-four channel capability
Direct, real-time, inline controls
Minimal sample processing data artifacts

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Introducing the latest
breakthrough in flow-based
surface plasmon resonance
(SPR) system

This 4-channel device offers
independent dual-channel loops and
pumps, providing true reference
subtraction for accurate results. With its
ability to deliver real-time kinetics into
biological pathways, this device is
well-suited for a wide range of
applications, offering a new level of
precision and accuracy. Experience the
future of flow analysis today with
P4PRO+.

Key Features
Introducing the latest breakthrough in flow analysis: the P4PRO +. This powerful tool offers integrated dual-channel loops and standard pumps, providing true reference subtraction for accurate results. With its ability to deliver real-time binding kinetics and insights into biological pathways, this device is a game-changer for researchers. Whether you need precise flow analysis or deeper insights into complex systems, the P4PRO + is well-suited for a wide range of applications requiring reliable and detailed flow analysis. Its innovative design and sophisticated technology make it a notable development in the field, offering a new level of precision and accuracy.
- Multi-four channel capability
- Minimal sample processing data artifacts
- Direct, real-time, inline controls
- Semi-automated sample delivery
- True reference subtraction
- Minimal hands on time

Technical Specs

Weight	4.7 kg
Dimensions	25 x 25 x 13.5 cm
Mode	Flow
Number of channels (simultaneous reading)	2 (total of 4 channels)
Flow rate range	5-200 uL/min
Injection volume required	5-100 uL
Detection rate	1 to 5 Hz
Sample introduction mode	Semi-automated
Run time per cycle	2-15 minutes
Operating temperature	Ambient
Power requirement	24 V

Applications

Gene Regulation

Environmental Waters

Protein-small molecule interaction

Immunosensing

Antibody QC

Protein-Protein

Protein

Vaccine

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

P4PRO and Affipump

Written by Sophie Lindsey on November 18, 2024. Posted in Products.

Affinité
P4PRO and Affipump

Surface Plasmon Resonance Analyser

Multi-four channel capability
Direct, real-time, in-line controls
Minimal sample processing data artifacts

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Introducing the most versatile
4-channel surface plasmon
resonance (SPR) system

With its advanced technology, this device offers
unparalleled control and flexibility, allowing
users to easily switch between static and flow
analysis modes with the addition of the
Affipump, a high accuracy dual-syringe pump
that provides a wide range of flow rate and a
stable baseline. Whether you need individual or
multi-channel analysis, the P4PRO and
Affipump delivers real-time, inline controls and
unbeatable performance. Experience the future
of static and flow analysis with our
revolutionary product.

Key Features
Introducing the ultimate tool for precision analysis: P4PRO and Affipump. With its advanced technology, this versatile device offers unparalleled control and flexibility, allowing users to easily switch between static and flow analysis modes with the addition of the Affipump. Its high accuracy dual-syringe pump provides a wide range of flow rate options, while its ability to perform both static and flow-based analysis makes it a powerful tool for a variety of applications. For example, you can condition and prepare your immobilization in static mode and then seamlessly switch to flow for kinetic analysis. Whether you need individual or multi-channel analysis, the P4PRO and Affipump delivers real-time, inline controls and unbeatable performance.
- Semi-automated sample delivery option
- Minimal sample processing data artifacts
- Direct, real-time, inline controls
- Minimal hands-on time
- Multi-four channel capability
- Runs both static and flow analyses

Technical Specs

Weight	4.4 kg and 2.5 kg
Dimensions	25 cm x 25 cm x 13.5 cm and 20 cm x 9.5 cm x 27 cm
Mode	Hybrid (static and flow)
Number of channels (simultaneous reading)	Static: 4 and Flow: 2 (total 4 channels
Flow rate range	0.3 -10,000 uL/min
Injection volume required	Static: 300 uL Flow: 5-100 uL
Detection rate	1 to 5 Hz
Sample introduction mode	Semi-automated
Run time per cycle	2-15 minutes
Operating temperature	Ambient
Power requirement	24 V and 12 V

Applications

Gene Regulation

Environmental Waters

Protein-small molecule interaction

Immunosensing

Antibody QC

Protein-Protein

Protein

Vaccine

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

P4SPR 2.0

Written by Sophie Lindsey on November 18, 2024. Posted in Products.

Affinité
P4SPR 2.0

Surface Plasmon Resonance Analyser

Multi-four channel capability
Fast assay development
Ultra-compact design

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Experience the ultimate compact
surface plasmon resonance
(SPR) system

This upgraded user-friendly 4-channel device
offers highly specific and versatile detection
capabilities for real-time measurements,
without the need for detection labels. With its
unique design, the device can offer quick
binding test and assay conditions screening.
What’s more, it’s cost-effective and simple to
use, making it the perfect choice for
researchers across various fields. And with a
wide concentration range, the P4SPR 2.0 is
suitable for a variety of applications, from
clinical applications to environmental
monitoring. Upgrade your research with the
advanced capabilities of the P4SPR 2.0 today.

Key Features
ntroducing the P4SPR 2.0: An upgraded user-friendly device that offers highly specific and versatile detection capabilities, from static to real-time measurements, without the need for detection labels. With its unique design, the device can even detect multi-step binding interactions, providing valuable insight into the binding process. What’s more, it’s cost-effective and simple to use, making it the perfect choice for researchers across various fields. And with a wide concentration range, the P4SPR 2.0 is suitable for a variety of applications, from protein quantification to environmental testing.
- Multi-four channel capability
- Fast assay development
- Ultra-compact design
- Manual sample delivery
- Laptop powered
- Engineered for simplicity

Technical Specs

Weight	4.0 kg
Dimensions	25 x 25 x 6 cm
Mode	Static
Number of channels (simultaneous reading)	4
Flow rate range	N/A
Injection volume required	150 uL
Detection rate	1 to 5 Hz
Sample introduction mode	Manual injection
Run time per cycle	≤ 10 minutes
Operating temperature	Ambient
Power requirement	PC/Laptop

Applications

Gene Regulation

Environmental Waters

Protein-small molecule interaction

Immunosensing

Antibody QC

Protein-Protein

Protein

Vaccine

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.
Name of customer

Morbi ornare magna nec tortor rutrum interdum. Donec interdum facilisis elit, et iaculis nunc facilisis vitae. Sed quis semper dolor, id efficitur ex.

FlowCam 8000

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 8, 2024. Posted in Home page favourites, Products.

Yokogawa Fluid Imaging Technology
FlowCam 8000

Flow Imaging Miscroscopy

Measurement range 2 µm to 1 mm
exceptional image quality
Analyse thousands of particles in less than a minute

FlowCam 8000 Series

Through its exceptional image quality and the widest size range available, FlowCam 8000 represents state-of-the-art particle imaging technology.

Analyse thousands of particles in less than a minute and comprehensively characterise the size, count, morphology, and identity of subvisible and visible particulates in their native solvent.

Overview

Flow Imaging Microscopy (FIM) combines the benefits of digital imaging, flow cytometry, and microscopy into a single solution.

Beyond traditional particle sizing and counting, image-based analysis allows for comprehensive characterization of subvisible API aggregates and contaminants in biopharmaceuticals, mammalian cells, microplankton, emulsions, and advanced materials.

Technical Specs

Size range	Particle sizing and imaging 2 µm to 1 mm with magnification options of 20X, 10X, 4X, and 2X
Minimum sample volume	100 µL
Sample processing capability	Sample processing capability from 0.05 mL/minute up to 10 mL/minute, depending on flow cell configuration
Camera	High-resolution camera available in color or monochrome
Maximum particle concentration	Maximum particle concentration of 5 million particles/mL at 2.5 µm particle size
Additional systems	Compatibility with ALH for FlowCam^(TM) automated liquid handler
Fluorescence excitation options	Fluorescence excitation options (488 nm, 532 nm, 633 nm) with 2-channel fluorescence detection

Benefits
- Obtain meaningful results in less than a minute, with as little as 100 μL of sample
- Sort, filter, and classify images based on 40+ morphological parameters
- Automatically identify particles with out-of-the-box machine learning tools for protein formulations
- Analyze samples in their native environment, including high-viscosity solvents and buffers
- Increase productivity with automated liquid handling for up to 384 samples
- Differentiate aquatic organisms with fluorescence detection in FlowCam 8400
Applications

Advanced Materials

Protein Therapeutics

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

FlowCam Nano

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 8, 2024. Posted in Products.

Yokogawa Fluid Imaging Technologies
FlowCam Nano

Flow Imaging Microscopy

Measurement range 300 nm to 2 µm
Submicron particle imaging
Biopharmaceutical and other materials applications

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

High-resolution images to detect and identify submicron particle types

FlowCam Nano provides dynamic image analysis of submicron particles from 300 nm to 2 µm, bridging the gap between traditional flow imaging microscopy and other particle analysis techniques.

Use FlowCam Nano for early detection of aggregates and contaminant monitoring for protein formulations, nano-drug delivery systems, characterization of bacteria, bioprocess monitoring, and materials characterization.

Overview

FlowCam Nano is a flow imaging microscope for submicron particle imaging in biopharmaceutical and other materials applications. Its advanced optical imaging capabilities enable detection and morphological analysis of the smallest particles observable using light microscopy.

Detect submicron-sized particles including protein aggregates and small oligomers of drug delivery vehicles like LNPs and exosomes to proactively improve product stability and quality—even before larger particles are present.

Technical Specs

Measurement size	Flow imaging and particle sizing from 300 nm to 2 µm using oil immersion with 40X magnification
Minimum sample volume	Minimum sample volume of 100 µL
Sample flow rate	Sample flow rate up to 25 μL/minute
Camera	High-resolution monochrome camera
Compatible with	Compatible with aqueous solvents for analysis in native buffers
User friendly	Ease of use with disposable flow cells and autofocus technology

Benefits
- Detect early API aggregate formation and other forms of sample degradation that are prone to generating larger subvisible and visible particles
- Acquire high-resolution images to detect and identify submicron particle types to inform product development and monitor product quality
- Obtain size, morphology, and relative concentrations of particles that are too small to be detected by traditional Flow Imaging Microscopy
- Experience integrated, industry-leading VisualSpreadsheet software with the unique ability to image, classify, and characterize nanoparticles in real-time with an easy-to-use interface
Applications

Environmental Research

Protein Therapeutics

Advanced Materials

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Viscometers

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 8, 2024. Posted in Products.

Lamy Rheology
Viscometers

Viscosity Analysers

68 years of innovative Rheological thinking
The leader in Rheometry
The satisfaction of our customers is our priority
Viscosity Measurment

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

LAMY RHEOLOGY is the first French manufacturer of measuring instruments for laboratories, research and industry.

LAMY RHEOLOGY is a family-owned and run company that has become the French leader in the rheometer and viscometer market; in 2025, the company is celebrating its 70th birthday. Established by Jean Lamy in 1955, the firm was taken over by his daughter, Danielle Lamy in 1986, then by his grandchildren, Sophie and Eric Martino in 2006, whose takeover marks the completion of a process initiated in the early 90s: for nearly 25 years, LAMY RHEOLOGY has been manufacturing its entire range of products in this way.

The firm, from the Rhône-Alpes, is the only French manufacturer of rheometers and viscometers. It takes advantage of being “Made in France”, not for its label, but for its real quality ethics. Generation after generation, it has stayed true to this course of action and because of this the company has established itself as a key player in the industry, recognised for the team’s commitment.

Viscosity measurement is crucial for characterising fluid properties, determining resistance to flow. Accurate viscosity data ensures quality control and process optimisation in industries such as pharmaceuticals, food, cosmetics, and petrochemicals. Advanced instruments, like Lamy Rheology Viscometers, provide precise, reliable measurements for both Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, enhancing material performance and consistency.

Below are the wide range of Viscometers by Lamy Rheology offering you a great choice of viscosity measurement instruments.

Models

B-One Plus

First Plus

First Pro

First Prodig

First Prodig CP-1000

RM100 Plus

RM100 CP-1000 Plus

RM100 CP-2000 Plus

GT-300 Plus

GT-300 Prodig
Applications

Wall Coating

Resins

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

SA-9600

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 8, 2024. Posted in Products.

Horiba Scientific
SA-9600

BET Flowing Gas Surface Area Analysers

Fully automatic
Lowest cost ownership
No user calibration requires

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The surface area of a material is, in many cases, as important as the chemical properties. As particle size decreases, surface area increases. Porosity of materials – from micropores to macropores – contribute even more to the total surface area. The interface at the surface is what defines how a solid reacts to other substances, be they gases, liquids, or solids.

Surface area can impact shelf life, stability, dissolution and efficacy of pharmaceutical powders and tablets. Likewise, surface area can affect the rheological properties and hiding powers of pigments, paints, and coatings. It has a significant impact on the ability for materials like catalysts, adsorbents, filtration materials and air separation products to react in the designed application. Ceramics used in applications ranging from; dinner plates, to dental implants, to electronics, all are affected by surface area.

While particle size is frequently used to control size reduction and milling of minerals and other substances, surface area can provide substantial size reduction feedback. Many times, a material which may have the same particle size across different batches may reveal completely different surface areas due to small changes in processing.

The HORIBA Solution

The SA-9600 series of surface area analysers brings exceptional speed, convenience, and low cost-per-analysis to surface area measurement on a wide variety of materials. Now you can perform ultra-fast single or multi-point surface area measurements with push-button ease.

These tools use the robust and proven flowing gas method to acquire gas adsorption and desorption data. This information is then used to calculate total surface area utilising the well-known BET method. The advantage of the flowing gas method is most evident in single-point mode where up to thirty sample analyses can be performed per hour.

The patented SA-9600 technology provides routine total surface area determination in as little as two to six minutes. The SA-9603 models feature three stations for three simultaneous surface area measurements.

Features
Fully Automatic

Begin analyses with simplicity. The SA-9600 does the rest! The entire analysis is completed without further interaction and avoids the manual steps required with many similar analysers.

Small Footprint

Laboratory bench space is at a premium in most labs. The SA-9600 provides all analysis and preparation stations in one small, well-designed cabinet. No need for additional space for separate analysis and preparation devices as with many alternative analyzers. If expansion is needed, additional stations are added in the same footprint – not by adding more devices which consume more space on the lab bench. The SA-9600 may also be controlled from the built-in computer and keyboard saving additional space in your lab.

No User Calibration Required

To ensure repeatable accuracy, the SA-9600 performs an automatic calibration before every measurement. And from there, the SA-9600 technology eliminates variables otherwise introduced by operator involvement.

Lowest Cost of Ownership

The use of mass flow controllers in some versions of the SA-9600 series automatically create the necessary mixtures of nitrogen and helium for multi-point BET surface area analysis. This lowers the total cost of ownership by eliminating the need to purchase expensive gas mixtures. Straight forward design ensures service costs are minimal compared to more complex, static volumetric technology.

Detector Protection

An automated bypass loop and cell detector switch limits the effects of missing or broken sample cells by bypassing the detector when gas flow to the cell stops.

Electronic Valves

Reliable electronic valves eliminate the need for a compressed air or gas supply to actuate valves during the measurement process, further lowering cost of ownership.

Improved Gas Handling

Thoughtful design of manifold layout and valve selection result in more stable, balanced flow, improving repeatability, lowering maintenance costs, and easing operation.

Robust Dewar Elevator System

A rugged mechanical design means smoother and reliable movement of the Dewar tray that raises and lowers the LN2 Dewars.

Software Control

The SA-9600 software was designed to be easy as 1, 2, 3.
- Type sample name
- Choose measurement type
- Click “Start”
And in a few minutes the full surface area report will be complete.

View the measurement in real-time to see the auto-calibration, adsorption, and desorption.

Flexibility

Built-in functions allow optimization of system for different sample types.
- Gas concentration of mixed gases may be precisely controlled to give results identical to the multipoint method.
- A wide variety of sample cells are available, allowing measurements to be made on diverse sample types.
Use the feature-rich SA-9600 software to control the unit via USB communication or use the built-in keyboard and display.

High Throughput

Every SA-9600 model includes multiple sample preparation stations (2 or 3 depending on model). For very high throughput environments the SA-9660 accessory provides three additional stations.
Specifications
BET Surface Area Measurement Range

Total Surface Area: 0.1 to 50 m2
Specific Surface Area: Approximately 0.01 – 2,000 m2/g
Much more sensitive to low surface area samples than volumetric type analyzers, allowing the use of samples less than 1g and as low as 0.1 square meters in the sample cell.

Accuracy and Precision

Reproducibility is better than 1% COV.
Accuracy is better than 10% for most samples.

The SA-9600 Series offers a full line of high-quality, high-performance BET Surface Area Analyzers with four fully automatic analyzers to meet the needs of any research or quality assurance laboratory. The SA-9600 Series analyzers include:
- SA-9601: One sample analysis station, two sample preparation stations.
- SA-9601MP: One sample analysis station, two sample preparation stations, MFC gas mixture control and multi-point analysis.
- SA-9603: Three sample analysis stations, three sample preparation stations.
- SA-9603MP: Three sample analysis stations, three sample preparation stations, MFC gas mixture control and multi-point analysis.
- SA-9660: Three sample preparation stations.
Applications

Single and Multi point comparison

Surface Area Standards

Metal Powders

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Revolution

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 8, 2024. Posted in Products.

Mercury Scientific
Revolution

Powder Flow Analyser

Automatic and easy to load
All-in-one system with temperature control
Ultra small footprint

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

REVOLUTION Powder Analyser

The REVOLUTION Powder Analyser can measure your powder’s ability to flow, consolidate, granulate, cake, pack and fluidise by measuring the power, time and variances in energy of your powder in a rotating drum. This data can be used to quantify your powder’s particle behaviour during process applications such as blending, tableting, mixing and transportation.

The REVOLUTION Powder Analyser is both easy to load and automatic, eliminating the opportunity for human error.

How does the instrument work?

The REVOLUTION Powder Analyser consists of a rotating drum that measures the flow properties of granular and fluidised materials. Several drum sizes are available, from drums requiring 10 cc’s of sample to drums using 500 cc’s. The instrument is very easy to use. A measured volume of test powder is collected using the provided sample cup. The sample is then loaded into the sample drum and the drum is placed inside the instrument on two rollers in front of a machine vision camera. The drum is back or front lighted depending on the measurements required. The test is started and images of the sample powder are taken with the camera and are analysed using image analysis software as the drum turns or vibrates. The analysis software locates the powder and measures several powder parameters automatically for every image.

Flow
Powder flowability is defined as the ease with which a powder will flow under a specified set of conditions. Some of these conditions include: the pressure on the powder, the humidity of the air around the powder and the equipment the powder is flowing through or from. For some applications, ease of flow is simply defined by whether the powder flows or not, the so called “go no-go” approach. The only question is: Will the powder flow through the system or not? For other applications, the rate and consistency of the powder flow is important.

The following are some process examples where the flow rate and consistency is important: a powder die that must be filled with the same amount of powder each and every time or a consumer product that must flow smoothly out of a small container.

Any device used to test powder flowability must take the application problems and processing conditions into account to supply relevant data to the user. The powder in the test device must be in the same state as it is in the process being studied. This ensures that the flow analysis will be applicable to the problem.

The REVOLUTION Powder Analyser is the perfect powder tester for measuring the following:
- the flowability of powders in low stress situations
- to study how the powder behaves once it is flowing in all applications
- to determine the condition of the powder as it moves through a process.
A flowability method is created by selecting the time and rate of rotation based on evaluated process conditions. 10-500cc’s of sample are placed inside of the measurement drum. The instrument is run for a set number of avalanches or data points.

The instrument measures 20 parameters relating to the behavior of the sample in the drum including avalanche energy, break energy, surface fractal, sample density, avalanche angle, etc. The standard deviations for all of these measurements is also calculated. Figure A presents the energy level of the powder in the sample drum over time.

The REVOLUTION Powder Analyser calculates the power average by measuring the change in the power of the powder for each avalanche. The avalanche spectrum shows graphically the total power amplitude at each avalanche frequency in Figure B.

The cumulative powder spectra provides an excellent tool for comparing the flow properties of different powders (Figure C). The lower the avalanche time and energy, the better the powder flows.

The REVOLUTION Powder Analyzer also measures avalanche angle and rest angle of each avalanche. This Angle Graph displayed in Figure D indicates the angles required to start and continue the flow of the powder. The rest angle is typically very close to the angle of repose of the material. The advantage of the RPA is that these measurements can be made hundreds of times providing a repeatable average as well as a range for each parameter measured.

The REVOLUTION Powder Analyser measures many parameters to help determine the difference between powders and establish parameters for predicting powder performance. These measurements include fractal dimension, powder volume and surface linearity. Once the flowability test has been completed, the software will provide the user with the statistical analysis.
Fluidisation
A powder is fluidised when a gas is injected into the powder causing the powder particles to separate and enter a fluid like state. The properties of the powder, as well as the pressure and temperature of the gas, determines the degree of fluidisation. For fine powders, the gas pressure required to fluidise the particles is very low. This low pressure can be created by rotating the powder in a drum. Varying the rate of drum rotation results in changes of the fluidisation pressure. The fluidisation of a fine powder can be studied by measuring the volumetric expansion of the powder in a rotating drum as a function of the rotation rate of the drum.

The following are some process examples where the flow rate and consistency is important: a powder die that must be filled with the same amount of powder each and every time or a consumer product that must flow smoothly out of a small container.

In addition, the rate at which a fluidised fine powder settles to its original state can be measured by stopping the rotation and reducing the fluidisation pressure to zero.

The REVOLUTION Fluidisation Test measures a powder’s volume increase at specified angular velocity intervals in a rotating drum to create a fluidisation function for the powder. During the fluidisation test, the rate of decrease in the powder’s volume is measured to create a settling function for the material. Appropriate powders for the REVOLUTION Fluidisation test include: toners, catalysts, powder coatings, and other powders with low pressure fluidisation potential.

There are four optional process steps to the Fluidisation Analysis: Prep, Settling, Analysis, and Settling. These four steps are discussed below.
- Prep Step
  
  Within the Prep Step, the user can rotate the powder at a chosen rotation rate and length of time to completely fluidise the material. This step will allow the user establish a repeatable initial fluidised state for this analysis. This prep step can be skipped if the user wishes to study the fluidisation of the material in its original state.
- Settling Step
  
  If the material has been fluidised in the prep step, the material must return to its un-fluidised state to perform the fluidisation analysis. In this step, the rotation of the drum is stopped for a specific length of time or until the volume of the sample reaches its original state. The rate at which the powder’s volume decreases is measured and is used to create a settling function.
- Fluidisation Analysis Step
  
  During the analysis, the user sets the start and end drum rotation rate with the desired step rate. REVOLUTION will begin the drum rotation at the specified start rotation rate, stepping up the rate at the desired intervals until the end rotation rate is achieved. The user can chose to ramp up the angular speed at any desired intervals to achieve the equilibrium fluidised state.
After a specified equilibration time has elapsed at the end rotation rate, REVOLUTION will begin computing the statistical measurements described below for this fluidisation analysis step. In Figure A, the statistical analysis shows the operator the rate at which the powder fluidised by the increase in the overall volume. In Figure B, the fluidisation test results are shown for two different powder samples: one sample fluidises at a faster rate than the other.

Figure A – Fluidisation function sampkle height v.s rotation speed

Figure B – Overlay of Fluidization Function for 2 samples

After the fluidised analysis, the REVOLUTION Powder Analyser measures the settling time of the powder. This settling time is valuable for anyone who is fluidising a coating for example and needs to know the amount of time required for the powder to settle on the coating surface. In Figure C, the analysis shows the operator the rate at which the powder settled after the fluidisation operation had been stopped.

Figure C – Overlay of settling rate for two samples
Multi-Flow

Powders can behave very differently depending on the amount of energy they are subjected to as they move through handling equipment. One powder may flow more evenly as it is subjected to more mechanical energy while another powder may become more erratic. This behavior can be studied using the REVOLUTION Multi-Flow test method. In the multi-flow method, the sample drum speed is increased gradually over time and the sample powder’s behavior is measured.

The Multi-Flow Analysis studies how a powder or granular material transitions from avalanching to continually flowing as it is subjected to faster speeds. By gradually increasing the rotation speed in the Multi-Flow Analysis, the user can evaluate the speed at which their powder is no longer avalanching in their process but flowing continuously. This data can be used to predict how powders will behave in high speed equipment.

Before analysis, the samples are prepared by rotating the sample drum at a fixed speed for a fixed time. In this case, the preparation consisted of rotating the powder drum at 20 RPM for 30 seconds to aerate the sample. The prep time and rotation speed are user programmable and are selected to best suit the application being studied.

After preparation, the sample drum rotation is started and sample properties are measured. After programmable intervals, the drum speed is increased by fixed intervals and changes in the sample properties are determined.

The Energy Function Graph displays the energy level of the sample powder versus drum rotation rate. This data is used to calculate energy slopes. The gray area presents the standard deviation of the energy level. Figure A shows data for a sample that behaves more erratically as the rotation speed increases while Figure B shows data for a sample that’s behavior improves.

Figure A – Energy Function

Poor Sample Behavior

Figure B – Energy Function

Good Sample Behavior
Packing

The Packing Analysis studies the powder’s ability to pack or settle after being exposed vibrational energy during transportation and storage.

The following are some process examples where packing and settling are important: a container that must be filled with the same amount of powder each and every time but settles to a different amount during transportation and storage or a powder that packs into a strong cake during handling and storage. An ideal powder has properties that do not change during processing, handling and storage.

Any device used to test the changes in volumetric expansion and compression must take the application problems and processing conditions into account to supply relevant data to the user. The powder in the test device must be in the same state as it is in the process being studied. This ensures that the packing analysis will be applicable to the problem.

The REVOLUTION Packing Test has three process steps: Preparation, Vibration and Analysis.

Sample Preparation

The sample powder is rotated at a chosen rotation rate and length of time to completely aerate the material. This step will allow the user establish a repeatable initial powder state before beginning the packing analysis. After the initial preparation, the RPA measures the powder volume.

Vibration

The motor in the REVOLUTION Powder Analyzer vibrates the powder for a period of time at a specified amplitude and frequency. The sample volume is monitored during the vibration and the final volume is recorded as the volume after vibration. The percentage change in volume from after prep and after vibration indicates the sample’s ability to pack during storage and transportation.

Volume during vibration

Analysis

After the volume measurement, the powder is rotated at a specified speed until the compacted powder breaks (or avalanches). The software calculates the force required to break the powder mass.

Figure A – Energy Function

Poor Sample Behavior

Figure B – Energy Function

Good Sample Behavior
Static

Electrical Charge and Material Handling

Powders and granular materials can acquire electrical charge on the surface of their particles due to contact and movement against handling equipment and containers. They can also acquire charge due to contact and movement of particles within the material itself. This process is called tribocharging. Tribocharging is caused by electrons moving from one surface to another when different materials come in contact with each other. One material will become positive and the other will become negative. The amount of charge developed depends on the nature of the materials in contact, the pressure of the contact, the relative velocity of the contact surfaces, and the friction between the contact surfaces.

Measuring the charge acquisition properties of powders and granular materials is important because charge acquisition leads to problems and unstable behavior. Charged materials stick to processing equipment and containers. Charged materials can become airborne more easily. Charge materials flow in different ways than materials with no charge. In fact, many research believe that material electrical properties are the most important contributors to powder flow behavior.

Charge can cause powder particles to stick to one another and to equipment surfaces creating blockages and cleaning problems

Charge can cause particles to repel one another creating airborne dust and materials that are difficult to control

Flow agents and glidants can dissipate charge in a powder or prevent charge from accumulating

Contact materials can create or remove charge from powders and granular materials.

Using the ION Charge Module with the Revolution allows measurement of charge acquisition properties between contact surfaces and test samples while controlling velocity and contact time.

Step 1:

Test sample is loaded into the sample drum and placed in the analyzer on the two rollers.

Step 2:

The field meter is rotated in front of the sample drum and the initial charge on the surface of the contact plate is measured.

Step 3:

The sample drum is rotated at a programmed velocity and the charge on the contact plate is measured at programmable intervals.

Step 4:

The drum rotation is stopped and the field meter measures the charge dissipation.

Experimental Data

Charge Versus Particle Size

SAMPLE

CHARGE

D50 = 4um

3708 V

D50 = 8.2um

3009 V

D50 = 11-15um

2303 V

D50 = 16um

1516 V

The data above is for a powder with different particle sizes charged with glass. Typically charge development increases as particle size decreases.

Charge Versus Moisture Content

SAMPLE

CHARGE

0.7% Moisture

2006 V

0.9% Moisture

1098 V

1.2% Moisture

731 V

2.9% Moisture

43 V

The data above is for a powder with different moisture content charged with glass. Typically charge development decreases as moisture content increases.

Charge Versus Flow Aid Concentration

SAMPLE

CHARGE

No flow aid

-1260 V

0.4% Flow aid

240 V

0.8% Flow aid

1310 V

The data above is for a powder with different flow aid concentrations charged with polycarbonate. Typically charge development changes as flow aid content changes.

Charge Versus Surface Treatment

SAMPLE

CHARGE

No surface treatment

-1367 V

0.05% Surface treatment

1257 V

0.15% Surface treatment

2007 V

The data above is for a powder with different concentrations of surface treatment liquid charged with glass.

Temperature

The Revolution Temperature Control option can heat samples from room temperature up to 250 degrees Celsius while running flow tests. Samples can be heated moving constantly, moving intermittently or not moving. Tests can be performed before heating and at temperature intervals.

Example Test Data

Sample	26C	110C	135C
Polymer	Avalanche Angle 51.8 deg	Avalanche Angle 60.1 deg	Avalanche Angle 68.2 deg
	Density 0.436 g/cm3	Density 0.379 g/cm3	Density 0.372 g/cm3
Polymer Annealed	Avalanche Angle 50.5 deg	Avalanche Angle 58.0 deg	Avalanche Angle 63.3 deg
	Density 0.438 g/cm3	Density 0.390 g/cm3	Density 0.383 g/cm3

A polymer was tested at 26C, 110C, and 135C to determine flow changes with temperature between annealed and non-annealed. Increases in temperature caused the powders to flow more poorly and this resulted in a lower powder bed density. In this case the annealed material showed more flow temperature resistance than the non-annealed material.

Options
Each REVOLUTION Powder Analyzer includes:
- One 100mm Large Sample Drum Assembly
- One 100cc Sample Cup
- One Set of Cables
- One Revolution Powder Analyser Software Package
The Following Additional Options are available:
- Ion Static Charge Analysis Module to measure the tribo-charging properties of powders, including charge sensor assembly, polycarbonate drum sides, and de-ionizing blower
- Temperature Control Oven to heat samples to 250 degrees Celsius
- 50mm Small Sample Drum Insert with small sample cup for measuring 25 cm3 of sample.
- An additional 100mm Large Sample Drum Assembly with large sample cup.
- 100m Extra Large Sample Drum Assembly for testing granular material, sample volume 500ccs.
- Packing Analysis with Drum Locking Assembly for high vibrational energy packing test.
- Set of Drum Seals for either small, large or extra large sample drums for making sample drums air and water tight.
- IQ/OQ Certification Package which includes: IQ/OQ Procedure, IQ/OQ Certification Document and Drum Test Standard.
Applications

Additive Manufacturing

AM Segmentation and Humidity

Caking and Agglomeration

Granular Material

ASTM Committee

Additive Manufacturing

Static Charge

Caking

Specifications

Instrument size	60 cm x 23 cm x 23 cm
Contact materials	Glass and aluminium
Sample size	20 to 500ccs
Drum rotation rate	0.1 to 200 RPM
Computer connection	USB3, Ethernet
Operating system	Windows 7, Windows 10, Windows 11
Power requirements	80-230 Volts, 3 amps

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

LS 13 320 XR

Written by amanda-meritics on February 8, 2024. Posted in Home page favourites, Products. 2 Comments on LS 13 320 XR

Beckman Coulter
LS 13 320 XR

Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser

Expanded measurement range 10 nm – 3,500 µm
Enhanced PIDS Technology
Real data down to 10nm

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Particle Size Analyser

For big improvements that help you spot small differences.

The LS 13 320 XR Particle Size Analyser offers best-in-class particle size distribution data from advanced PIDS technology,* which enables high-resolution measurements and an expanded dynamic range. Like the LS 13 320, the XR particle size analyser provides fast, accurate results, and helps you streamline workflows to optimize efficiency. Some big improvements help you reliably spot small differences that can have a huge impact on your particle analysis data.

Direct measurement range from 10 nm – 3,500 µm
Automatically highlights pass/fail results for faster quality control
Enhanced software that simplifies method creation for standardised measurements
New control standards to adequately verify instrument/module performance

The LS 13 320 XR Particle Size Analyser is an easy-to-use laser diffraction analyser that yields fast, reliable particle size analysis data for dry and aqueous and non-aqueous samples.

Key Features
Spot Small Differences
- Particle Size Analyser with expanded measurement range: 10 nm – 3,500 µm
- Laser diffraction plus advanced Polarization Intensity Differential Scattering (PIDS) technology enable high-resolution measurement & reporting of real data down to 10 nm
- Provides accurate, reliable detection of multiple particle sizes in a single sample
Easy-to-use Software
- ADAPT Software features automatic pass/fail check
- Pre-configured methods deliver results with 3 clicks or less
- Simplifies analyser operation by experts & novice users alike
- 1-click overlay with historical data
- Intuitive user diagnostics keep you informed during sampling
- Simplified method creation for standardised measurements
ADAPT Software enables 21 CFR Part 11
- Customisable security system to meet diverse needs
- Choose from 4 security levels
- High-security configuration supports 21 CFR Part 11
PIDS Technology* for Direct Detection of 10 nm Particles
- 3 light wavelengths (450, 600, & 900 nm) irradiate samples with vertical & horizontal polarized light
- Analyser measures scattered light from samples over a range of angles
- Differences between horizontally & vertically radiated light for each wavelength yield high-resolution particle size distribution data

Technical Specs

Technology	Low-angle forward light scattering with additional PIDS(Polarization Intensity Differential Scattering) Technology. Analysis of vertical and horizontal polarized light at six different angles using three additional wavelengths. Full implementation of both Fraunhofer and Mie Theories.
Light Source	Diffraction: Laser Diode (785 nm) PIDS: Tungsten lamp with high-quality band-pass filters (475, 613 and 900 nm)
Particle size analysis range	Measurement range: 10 nm – 3,500 µm Dry Powder System Module (DPS): 400 nm – 2,000 µm Universal Liquid Module (ULM): 10 nm – 2,ooo µm
Electrical interface	USB
Power consumption	≤ 6 amps @ 90 – 125 VAC ≤ 3 amps @ 220 – 240 VAC
Temperature range	10 – 40°C (50 – 104°F)
Humidity	0 – 90% without condensation
Compliance	Creates 21 CFR Part 11 enabling features RoHS Certifications: – EU EMC Directive 2014/30/EU – CISPR 11:2009/A1:2010 – Australia and New Zealand RCM Mark
Data export file formats	XLSX, TSV, PDF
File import capability	From all LS 13 320 Legacy and LS 13 320 XR system
*Software operating system	Requires Microsoft Windows 10, 64-bit environment (US, English regional settings only)
Dimensions	Height: 19.5″ (49.53 cm) Width: 37″ (93.98 cm) Depth: 10″ (25.4 cm)
Weight	52 lbs (23.5 kg)

Accessories
Dry Powder System

Analytical size range: 400 nm – 3,500 µm
- Measures entire sample as required by the ISO 13 320 Standard
- Programmable Obscuration setting to optimize sample feed rate
- User-selectable vacuum pressure for maximum dispersion control
Universal Liquid Module

Analytical size range: 10 nm – 2,000 µm
- Fully automatic with auto-dilution, auto-filling and auto-rinsing
- Analyses samples suspended in aqueous as well as non-aqueous diluents for maximum flexibility
- Wetted materials list: Teflon®, 316 Stainless Steel, Glass, Kal-rez® and PEEK
Sonicator Control Unit
- Needle probe sonicator for additional dispersion control of wet samples
- Fully adjustable power settings
- In-situ sonication with ULM before/during the run, can also be operated external to module
EU Vacuum Cleaner
- Vacuum pressure range fully adjustable
- Integrated vacuum control unit for optimised vacuum/obscuration settings
- Two vacuum systems to choose from
Applications

Soils

Nanocellulose

Pigments

Cement
Capabilities

The LS 13 320 XR particle size analyzer uses advanced laser diffraction and PIDS technology for the sizing of non-spherical, sub-micron particles. Initially, particle sizing by laser diffraction was limited to the use of the Fraunhofer diffraction theory. Laser diffraction offers a number of advantages – laser diffraction analyzers go beyond simple diffraction effects. General approaches are now based on the Mie theory and the measurement of scattering intensity over a wide scattering angular range is employed.

Using PIDS Technology

Pioneered by Beckman Coulter, most laser diffraction manufacturers use the above two approaches, i.e., wide angular detecting range and short wavelength, to size small particles. However, sizing even smaller particles (tens of nanometers in diameter), cannot be achieved using only these two approaches. Any further increase in scattering angle will not yield any significant improvement due to the everslower angular variation. Figure 2 is a 3-D display that illustrates the very slow angular variation for small particles. For particles smaller than 200 nm, even by taking advantage of the above two approaches, it is still difficult to obtain an accurate size.

Read more

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

FlowCam LO

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 7, 2024. Posted in Products. 1 Comment on FlowCam LO

Yokogawa Fluid Imaging Technologies
FlowCam LO

Flow Imaging Microscopy with Light Obscuration

Measurement range 2 µm to 70 µm
FIM and LO to fulfill USP <787> and <788>
Quality control of subvisible particulate matter

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

FlowCam LO

Innovative particle characterisation with FlowCam LO combines flow imaging microscopy (FIM) and light obscuration (LO) into a single analytical solution.

Beyond the compendial light obscuration method to fulfill USP <787> and <788> requirements, flow imaging microscopy provides an orthogonal method for quality control of subvisible particulate matter.

Overview

USP <1788> introduces flow imaging as a technique to provide complementary morphology information and to overcome undercounting and undersizing challenges with the light obscuration method when measuring translucent particles such as proteins and other biological drugs.

Obtain light obscuration data to meet USP regulatory guidelines and verify your results with the highest quality images in FlowCam LO – all in a single instrument and single sample run.

Technical Specs

Size Range	2 µm to 70 µm; Flow imaging module: 10x (~100x magnification)
Solvent compatibility:	Wide range of aqueous and organic fluids, including high-viscosity solvents and buffers
Minimum sample Volume	100 μL
Sample flow rate	0.2 mL/minute
Camera type	High resolution (1920 x 1200 pixels) CMOS, monochrome
Software	Ease of use instrumentation & fully integrated VisualSpreadsheet software with optional VisualAI software module

Benefits
- Perform both flow imaging and light obscuration measurements sequentially in the same instrument
- Obtain compendial particle sizing and counting according to USP <787> and <788>
- Acquire statistically significant results in less than a minute, with as little as 100 μL of sample
- Monitor and control particulates in your formulations
Applications

Protein Therapeutics

Other Therapeutics

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

FlowCam 5000

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 7, 2024. Posted in Home page favourites, Products.

Yokogawa Fluid Imaging Technology
FlowCam 5000

Affordable FIM Analysis (Flow Imaging Microscopy)

Measurement range 3 μm to 300 μm
Compact and Portable
Real data down to 10nm

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

FlowCam 5000 Affordable FIM Analysis – Experience rapid high-resolution imaging, data acquisition, and analysis of microparticles.

FlowCam 5000 flow imaging instrument is an economical, high-value solution for monitoring particles in the 3 μm to 300 μm size range for research, educational, and commercial applications.

Overview

FlowCam 5000 is a flow imaging microscopy instrument targeted to your specific needs for a wide range of applications. Its compact footprint allows for flexible use in a variety of settings. Accommodate small to large sample volumes for routine and specialised particle monitoring and research. Experience superior image quality and image-based measurements that yield statistically relevant data.
Benefits
- Automate your data collection with a fast, accurate, and easy-to-use alternative to manual microscopy
- Analyse tens of thousands of particles per minute
- Go beyond size and count to analyse shape and type of your particles
- Correlate morphology information with material performance
- Characterise microparticles with as little as 250 µL of sample
- Save time and resources with an instrument optimied for your application

Technical Specs

Size Range	3 μm to 300 μm
Magnification	Single objective (Select 4X or 10X or 20X), manual focus
Minimum sample Volume	250 μL
Sample flow rate	up to 1 mL/min, configuration specific
Camera type	High resolution (1920×1200 pixels) CMOS. Monochrome and color available
Software	Easy-to-use instrument with fully integrated VisualSpreadsheet software

Applications

Food and Beverage

Environmental Research

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Evolution

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 7, 2024. Posted in Products.

Mercury Scientific
Evolution

Powder Flow Tester

Easy to understand powder flow analysis
Simple analysis procedure
3 minute test time
Very affordablw

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The patented EVOLUTION Powder Tester measures a powder or granular material’s response to environmental stresses. The major stress on a material is pressure. The EPT measures a material’s response to pressure by applying pressure to the material and then measuring its resulting strength. This strength is known as the unconfined yield strength. If a powder is to flow, the force making the powder move must be greater than the unconfined yield strength.

The unconfined yield strength can be measured at one pressure or at many pressures to create what is called a flow function. The flow function presents the material’s gain in strength as more pressure is applied to it.

For most powders and granular materials, the longer the material is exposed to pressure, the higher the unconfined yield strength becomes. Therefore, for powders and granular material that are stored for any length of time, it is essential to study the effects of pressure over time. This is called time unconfined yield strength. In addition, a time flow function can be created. With the EPT, time tests are easy and inexpensive to perform. Time cells consist of sample cells and weights that allow a material to be subjected to various pressures over long periods of time. In addition to pressure, temperature and humidity can affect a material’s strength over time. The EPT time cells are designed so that they can be easily placed in ovens and humidity chambers to study their effects on materials in storage situations. Time is the unmeasured parameter in flow property tests. The reason? Analysis cells for many flow measurement cells are very expensive and do not include the means of applying pressure over long periods.

The EVOLUTION Powder Tester measures the unconfined yield strength and time unconfined yield strength for less than the cost of having 3 or 4 samples tested by independent laboratories.

Unconfined Yield Strength

The unconfined yield strength of a material is the force or stress required to deform or break a material when it is not confined by a container (free unstressed surface). From a testing perspective, the unconfined yield strength can be expressed as the stress required to fail or fracture a consolidated mass of material to initialize flow. The force used to consolidate the mass of material is called the Major Consolidation Stress.

The unconfined yield strength is very important in studying the flowability of materials. The reason is that the force required to get a powder or granular material to flow is directly related to the unconfined yield strength. In simple terms, the powder or granular material will flow if the force acting on it is greater than the unconfined yield strength of the material. A flow factor (ff) is calculated by dividing the major consolidation stress by the unconfined yield strength. This flow factor is used to classify materials into categories such as non-flowing (ff < 1), very cohesive (1 < ff < 2), cohesive ( 2 < ff < 4), easy flowing (4 < ff < 10), and free flowing (ff > 10).

The EVOLUTION Powder Tester measures the unconfined yield strength of a material in a two stage process. First, the material is loaded into a sample cell and compressed by vertical pressure.

The EVOLUTION Powder Tester measures the unconfined yield strength of a material by applying pressure to a sample over time. First, the material is loaded into a sample cell.

Then, a predefined pressure is applied to the top of the sample to consolidate it. The pressure can be applied on the instrument or by using weights.

After the material is compressed, the sample is then automatically removed from the sample cell and force is applied to the top of the sample to break or fail the material. The break cap contains the material for easy clean-up. The maximum force recorded when breaking the material is the unconfined yield strength.

Break Stress Versus Break Strain

The unconfined yield strength of a material typically increases as the pressure on the material increases. A plot of the unconfined yield strength versus the major consolidation stress is called a flow function. The flow function presents the powder or granular material’s response to pressure. Flow functions are very useful for predicting flowability because the forces acting on a material change at various points in a typical process. Therefore, it is important to know how the material responds to these forces.

Flow Function

Flow functions are also very useful for comparing the flow behavior of formulations and blends. As can be seen below, at low pressure the two samples are similar but at higher pressures their behavior diverges dramatically.

Flow Function Overlay

In addition, the unconfined yield strength of a powder or granular material typically increases the longer it is under the major consolidation stress. For this reason, it is very important to measure the time unconfined yield strength for materials that will be stored for any length of time. A plot of the time unconfined yield strength versus the major consolidation stress is typically called the time flow function.
Time UYS

The unconfined yield strength of a powder or granular material typically increases the longer it is under the major consolidation stress. For this reason, it is very important to measure the time unconfined yield strength for materials that will be stored for any length of time.

The EVOLUTION Powder Tester measures the time unconfined yield strength of a material by applying pressure to a sample over time. First, the material is loaded into a sample cell.

Then, the sample is compressed by vertical pressure applied from a weight or weights. Each weight delivers 2.5 KPa.

The material is then left for hours or days under controlled conditions to allow the major consolidation stress to act on the material for a specific period of time. These controlled conditions include temperature and humidity. The sample cells are small enough and stable enough to be put in ovens and humidity chambers or simply on laboratory shelves.

After the material is compressed, the sample is then automatically removed from the sample cell and force is applied to the top of the sample to break or fail the material. The maximum force recorded when breaking the material is the unconfined yield strength.

A plot of the time unconfined yield strength versus the major consolidation stress is typically called the time flow function. The time flow function is measured by applying a different number of weights to different sample cells. Each Evolution cell weight corresponds to 5 KPa.

Typically powders and granular materials gain strength as they are exposed to major consolidation stress over time.
Quality Control

Powder flow testers can be difficult to use in quality control or plant settings. The reason is that many testers are difficult to load, time consuming to use, not very precise, and expensive. Not the EVOLUTION Powder Tester. The EPT was designed from the start to be fast, easy to use, precise and inexpensive. In addition, due to its simple design, the EPT requires no routine maintenance. In short, the perfect quality control instrument for measuring flow behavior.

For QC measurements, the EVOLUTION Powder Tester can measure the unconfined yield strength of a sample at one pressure in 3 minutes. Loading the sample into the analysis cell is easy as it is a simple cup. A filling tool is used to overfill the cup and then scrape the top to get the correct amount of sample in the cup. The sample cup it then put on the EPT with the compression top to compress the sample. After compression, the compression top is replaced by the break cap and the unconfined yield strength is measured.

Measuring the unconfined yield strength of a material can provide information as to whether a material is on specification and will handle as expected. Because the test is fast, all shipments or production lots of material can be tested before they are transferred to processes and can create problems.
Analysis Cells
There are two options for EVOLUTION Powder Tester analysis cells along with time test options for each.
- Small UYS Cell – The patented Small UYS Cell is a test cell for measuring the unconfined yield strength of cohesive or compressible powder samples. The test volume is 5 cm3.
- Standard UYS Cell – The patent pending Large UYS Cell is a test cell for measuring the unconfined yield strength of cohesive granular materials. The test volume is 25 cm3
Time Options

The above cells are sold in sets of five with five weights to allow time tests to be measured.
Vs Shear

The Evolution Powder Tester is used to compare the behavior of materials under consolidated load. The only other instruments available for this type of test are powder shear testers. The Evolution was designed specifically as an alternative to shear testers for the following reasons:

1) Shear testers are slow – A typical unconfined yield strength shear test takes 45 minutes. A flow function takes hours. Aside from waiting for data, the slow test time gives the sample material time to changed due to environmental conditions i.e. moisture loss or temperature change. The Evolution requires 3 minutes for an unconfined yield strength test and 15 minutes for a 5 point flow function.

2) Shear testers subject the sample to mechanical stress that causes sample breakdown – The original shear testers used fresh material for every point on the yield locus to ensure that the repeated testing did not change the material. Some instruments use the same material over and over because they are impractical if fresh sample is used each time. This can cause inaccurate strength data due to attrition and prefered particle orientation in the shear zone. This may occur to different degrees in different samples. In addition, a sample should never be exposed to more than one stress level i.e. run a flow function on the same sample. In our experience this causes the flow function to be inaccurate in roughly 80 percent of tested samples. The Evolution uses fresh sample for every test.

3) Shear testers cannot control the stress level on the sample – To compare the unconfined yield strength of samples, it is essential to subject them to exactly the same conditions. This does not happen in shear testers. The major consolidation stress is controlled by the normal load and the shear forces in the sample. The normal load is controlled but the shear stress depends on the sample. This means that flow indexes calculated by shear testers are not performed at the same stress level. This can actually create artificial differences in the measurements between samples. In addition, if one sample tests faster than another, it is exposed to much less mechanical stress. With the Evolution, the stress on the sample is completely controlled and is the same for every sample tested.

4) Time tests are expensive and difficult if impossible with shear testers – Shear test cells are complex which makes them expensive. In addition, they usually have a large lid area which means large forces are needed to keep the sample under pressure for any length of time. These two factors typically preclude time measurements. Some manufacturers claim to run time test by leaving the sample in the instrument for long periods of time. However, this is not practical for two reasons: 1) the instrument cannot be used for other tests during this period; and 2) the sample is not under controlled conditions (unless the whole instrument is put in a glove box – but then temperature and humidity conditions are severely limited). The Evolution was designed for time tests with inexpensive test cells, small lid areas requiring lower forces, and standard weights included. Test time after removal from ovens or humidity chambers is 20 seconds giving the sample no time to change.

The only claim shear tester manufacturers can make against the Evolution is that they are following a standard test for powder strength measurements. However, this is not really true. There are no universally accepted methods or shear cell designs for measuring the true strength of materials. The only real claim shear tester manufacturers can make is that their instruments get the correct strength for the only recognized powder flow standard. This flow standard is BCR limestone. This limestone was a sample that was tested in a round robin method at several European powder flow laboratories using the linear shear cell. The average results of all of the laboratories has become the “standard” value. Therefore, the thinking goes, if an instrument measures the correct value for the limestone then it is accurate for every other sample. The good news is that the Evolution measures the correct values for the limestone standard under all test conditions. We are happy to provide potential customers with a complete report with this data. More good news is that it makes these measurements faster, easier, and less expensively than shear testers.
Applications

Caking and Agglomeration

Unconfined Yield Strength

Granular Material

Evolution v’s Shear Testers

Evolution v’s Yield Strength Test

Caking

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Portable Viscometers

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 7, 2024. Posted in Products.

Lamy Rheology
Portable Viscometers

Industrial Viscosity Analysers

68 years of innovative Rheological thinking
The leader in Rheometry
The satisfaction of our customers is our priority
Unique Portable Viscometers

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Lamy Rheology is the first French manufacturer of measuring instruments for laboratories, research and industry.

Lamy Rheology is a family-owned and run company that has become the French leader in the rheometer and viscometer market; in 2025, the company is celebrating its 70th birthday. Established by Jean Lamy in 1955, the firm was taken over by his daughter, Danielle Lamy in 1986, then by his grandchildren, Sophie and Eric Martino in 2006, whose takeover marks the completion of a process initiated in the early 90s: for nearly 25 years, Lamy Rheology has been manufacturing its entire range of products in this way.

Lamy Rheology Portable Viscometers offer precise and convenient viscosity measurement for various applications. These portable viscometers are designed for use in both laboratory and field settings, providing accurate results with high reliability. Ideal for industries such as food, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, and chemicals, they allow for quick and easy viscosity analysis without the need for bulky equipment. The user-friendly interface and robust design make these portable viscometers suitable for on-the-go testing, ensuring consistent quality control and process optimization. With Lamy Rheology Portable Viscometers, you can achieve reliable viscosity measurements anytime, anywhere, enhancing efficiency and productivity in your operations.

Models

Portable B-One

Portable RM100

RM100 i

RM 100 L
Applications

Wall Coating

Resins

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Multisizer 4e

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 7, 2024. Posted in Home page favourites, Products. 1 Comment on Multisizer 4e

Beckman Coulter
Multisizer 4e

Coulter Coulter – Particle Size and Count Analyser

Unparalleled sizing range of 0.2 – 1600 μm
Advanced noise reduction system
Patented digital pulse processing technology

The Multisizer 4e provides accurate particle and cell counting. It is the most accurate and flexible particle characterisation device available, boasting an unparalleled sizing range of 0.2 – 1600 μm. The new 10 μm Aperture allows users to study sub-cellular and micro-particles as small as 200 nm, while the advanced noise reduction system for small apertures improves measurement accuracy.

Accurate particle and cell counting

The Multisizer 4e Coulter Counter is used in a number of different fields for counting and sizing both particles and cells. Applications include: Quality Control, Research and Development, Pharmaceutical Analysis, Biotechnology Applications and Industrial Applications.

Coulter Principle

Key Features
Versatility
- Aperture sizes from 10 µm – 2000 µm in diameter for current & future needs
- Multiple aperture options & data overlay capability for analyzing complex samples over wide particle size distribution
Sample Detection
- Analyse materials in aqueous or non-aqueous solvents
- Ideal for biological or non-biological samples
- Detect particles regardless of material type or optical properties
Rapid Particle Counting
- Typical sampling rates up to 10,000 counts per second
- Detect & count particles from 0.2 µm – 1600 µm in diameter
- Sample volumes as small as 5 mL
Data Management
- Digital pulse data can be stored & re-analysed as needed
- CFR 21 Part 11 compliant software for audit control & security
- Variety of calibration beads & V-check validation controls

Technical Specs

Particle Sizing Range	Diameter: 0.2 – 1,600 µm Volume: 0.004 – 2.145 x 10⁹ µm³
Aperture Size	10 – 2,000 µm (nominal diameter)
Measurement range	Extended: 2 – 80% of aperture size Standard: 2 – 60% aperture size
Measurement linearity	Diameter: ± 1% Volume: ± 3%
Dynamic range (accuracy)	Diameter: 1 : 40 (extended), 1 :30 (standard), Volume: 1 : 64,000 (extended), 1: 27,000 (standard)
Processor type	High speed signal digitalisation
Number of pulses measured	Up to 525,000 per analysis
Resolution	User difined
Number of size classes	Up to 400 for display of any selected measurement range The number of classes and their width can be changed as needed
Pulse distribution data	X axis: time, registration sequence, pulse width Y axis: diameter, volume or voltage corresopnding to pulse amplitude, pulse width, mean diameter, volume, or voltage corresponding to pulse amplitude, average pulse width, pulse distribution by width
Particle size distribution data	X axis: diameter, volume, surface area Y axis: absolute number, percent content (%), number per ml, absolute volume, volume percentage (%) volume per ml, absolute surface area (%) surface area per ml
Sample registration mode: total number of particles	50 – 500,000 counts
Sample registration mode: number of particles and measurement of parameters	10 – 100,000 counts
Sample registration mode: time	0.1 – 999 seconds with 10 ms increments Standard registration time is 10 – 90 seconds
Sample registration mode: volume	50 – 2,000 µL
Dosage system	The dosing pump with even suspension flow across the aperture and volume measurement, error – less than 0.5%
Electrolyte type:	Aqueous and non-aqueous electrolyte solutions compatible with glass, fluoropolymers, fluoroelastomers and stainless steel
Aperture current strength range:	30 – 6,000 µA with 0.2µA increments
Aperture current stability:	± 0.4% of set value
Polarity error	Less than 0.5%
Compliance with standards	Software is 21 CFR part 11 compliant
Dimensions	64 x 61 x 51 cm, weight 45 kg
Power supply requirements	230 – 240 V ± 10%, 47 – 63 Hz
Power consumption	Less than 55 Watts
Fuses	250 V, IEC (5×20 mm) with time delay, 2.0 A
Environmental requirements	The instrument is intended for work in enclosed spaces Working temperature: 5 – 40°C Relative humidity: 30 – 85% without condensation

Applications

Yeast

Beer

Protein

E. coli

Plant Cells

CAR-T Cells
Capabilities
The Multisizer 4e particle sizer and counter is the most accurate and flexible particle characterization device available, boasting an unparalleled sizing range of 0.2 – 1600 μm. The new 10 μm Aperture allows users to study sub-cellular and micro-particles as small as 200 nm, while the advanced noise reduction system for small apertures improves measurement accuracy.

Generated data are processed using patented digital pulse processing technology and can be saved and later re-analyzed. This technology provides ultra high resolution and accuracy unattainable through any other technologies: detection of 1 particle in 1 ml of a sample with the optimal instrument configuration. Analysis results are not dependent on particle shape, structure, or optical properties.

It uses the Coulter principle to detect particles via electrical zone sensing, regardless of the particle’s nature or optical properties. This makes it an ideal tool for detecting and counting a wide variety of particles, such as:
- Mammalian cells
- Bacteria
- Yeast
- Abrasives
- Toner particles
- Cell aggregates
- Spheroids
- Large protein aggregates
More information from
Beckman Coulter

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

FlowCam Macro

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 7, 2024. Posted in Products.

Yokogawa Fluid Imaging Technologies
FlowCam Macro

Flow Imaging Microscopy for Larger Particles

Measurement range 300 μm to 5 mm
Flow imaging microscopy for visible particle analysis
Environmental research and materials characterisation

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

FlowCam Macro – Flow Image Microscopy for larger particles

Extend your particle imaging capabilities from 300 μm to 5 mm with FlowCam Macro for environmental research and materials characterisation.

Obtain detailed morphological data along with accurate counting and sizing measurements to enable differentiation of diverse particle types.

Overview

FlowCam Macro is the flow imaging microscope of choice for visible particles. Direct, image-based morphological measurements give you details not available with other particle analysis methods.

Monitor the sphericity of manufactured beads, the shape and structure of fibers, polymers, crystals, and powders, or achieve taxonomic identification of zooplankton with superior particle images and image analysis VisualSpreadsheet software.

Technical Specs

Size Range	300 μm to 5 mm
Magnification	0.5X
FlowCell	High-capacity industrial peristaltic pump, 2 mm (deep) or 5 mm (deep) flow cell
Sample flow rate	Up to 750 mL/minute, flow through or recirculating
Camera type	High resolution (1920×1200 pixels) CMOS. Monochrome
Software	Easy-to-use instrument with fully integrated VisualSpreadsheet software

Benefits
- Perform automated flow imaging microscopy for visible particle analysis
- Perform quality control of food and beverage ingredients
- Ensure product quality for advanced materials applications
- Measure a broad scope of morphological parameters for cross-validation of data
- Recirculate sample volume to ensure that representative samples are measured
Applications

Food and Beverage

Environmental Research

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Volution

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 6, 2024. Posted in Products.

Mercury Scientific
Volution

Volution Powder Flow Tester

Affordable
Tests pressures up to 250 kPa
Automatically weighs sample for density and compressibility

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Volution Powder Flow Tester

The Volution Powder Flow Tester (VFT) measures the flow properties and bulk characteristics of powders and bulk solids. The system uses an annular shear cell to measure a powder’s response to consolidating pressure using the yield locus technique. This allows the system to measure the cohesion and angle of internal friction of the material as well as its unconfined yield strength. The system also measures wall friction and compressibilty. Flow functions can be measured by testing the materials at different pressures.

Flow Theory

Power flowability can be measured using the Volution Powder Flow Tester.

Powder flowability is defined as the ease with which a powder will flow for a specified set of conditions. Powder is generally defined as a collection of individual solid particles surrounded by gas phases. This includes granular materials, bulk solids, pelletised materials, etc. An accepted method for quantifying powder flowability is the Mohr-Coulomb Model. The Mohr-Coulomb Model is a limit state or “Go/ No Go” model and can be used to accurately predict flow behavior. This model quantifies powder flowability with two measurable parameters, Cohesion and Angle of Internal Friction, and two derived parameters, Unconfined Yield Strength and Major Consolidation Stress.

Cohesion is a measure of particle to particle bonding strength. This bonding strength results from various inter-particle forces generated by electrical charges, van der Waals forces, moisture, etc. The Angle of Internal Friction is a measure of the force required to cause particles to move or slide on each other. Internal friction is influenced by many parameters including particle surface friction, particle shape, hardness, particle size, etc. distribution, etc. Cohesion and Angle of Internal friction are determined by measuring a powder’s yield locus. The Yield Locus is a graph of the shear force require to cause a powder to yield or fail relative to compressive load. Cohesion is the intercept of the yield locus and the angle of internal friction is the slope.

Yield Locus
Shear Stress versus Normal Stress

The Unconfined Yield Strength is the shear stress needed to fail or fracture a consolidated powder mass to initialize flow. The force used to consolidate the powder mass is called the Major Consolidation Stress. In other words, the unconfined yield strength is a measure of the strength of a powder mass when the powder experiences major consolidation stress. The Unconfined Yield Strength is calculated using the below formula:

A Flow Function Plot can be generated by plotting a powder’s Unconfined Yield Strength versus Major Consolidation Stress. The flow function plot is a quantitative measure of the flowability of the powder. The inverse of the slope of the flow function plot can be used as a flow index. Generally, the closer a powder’s flow function is to the x-axis, the more easily the powder will flow. The Volution is used to measure a powder’s cohesion and angle of internal friction at various loads to generate its flow function and thus quantify its flow behavior.
Yield Locus Analysis

The yield locus analysis is designed to determine the angle of internal friction and cohesion for a sample material and then calculate its overall strength under compressive load.This is achieved by measuring the failure strength of a sample under various loads after consolidation under a preset pre-shear load. Plotting the failure strength of the material under different loads generates a yield locus for the sample under the pre-shear load.

The test consists of three parts for every point on the yield locus: consolidation, steady state and failure analysis. Depending on the type of cell used, failure points can be generated on the same sample or fresh sample can be used for each failure point. Generally 3 to 5 points are used to generate the yield locus due to the time required for each point as well as the wear on the sample. If time consolidation is used, a delay time occurs after the steady state step.

In the consolidation step, the sample in the measurement cell is compressed to the preset normal load.With linear cells, this step includes twisting of the lid to help pack the material in the cell to what is called its “critical consolidation”.Critical consolidation is defined as the sample density at which it will reach a steady shear with minimal shear travel.This state in indicated by constant sample density or by a leveling off of the drop in normal load after each twist of the cell lid.For rotational cells, the consolidation step simply consists of compressing the sample until the normal load is reached.

Sample Consolidation

Normal Load versus Time

In the steady state step, shear stress is applied to the sample until the measured shear force and sample volume become stable. With linear cells, the shear stress is applied by moving pushing the lower ring of the cell at a fixed rate relative to the upper ring.For rotational cells, the lid is rotated a fixed rate. The steady state point is the point at which the shear force becomes stable.At the steady state point, the sample has reached a repeatable, stable density relative to the applied compressive load.

Steady State

Shear Force versus Time

In the analysis step, the shear stress is reduced to zero by reversing the shear stress mechanism.The normal load is then reduced to a predetermined level called the shear load and the shear stress is again applied.The shear forces rises as the sample resists shearing until a maximum shear force is reached.At this point the sample fails and the shear force drops rapidly.The generate yield point consists of the maximum shear force and the shear load.

Static Failure Analysis

Shear Force versus Time

By repeating the above sequence 3 to 5 times, a series of yield points are generated from which a yield locus can be plotted.The yield points are selected so that they are in the linear portion of the yield locus.

Static Failure Points

Shear Force versus Time

A least squares regression is performed to calculate a linear function for the yield locus.The slope of the calculated line is the angle of internal friction.The intercept of the line is the cohesion.From the cohesion, angle of internal friction and steady state point, the unconfined yield strength and major consolidation stress are calculated using Mohr Coulomb equations.

Static Yield Locus

Shear Force versus Normal Load

Because the yield points are generated by measuring several steady states for the same sample, the steady state point used for the strength calculation is the average of all the steady state points.In addition, to account for the effect of the steady state on the measured shear force during failure analysis, the measured shear force can be adjusted based on whether its steady state was higher or lower than the average.This is called prorating and can correct for variations in sample density for each yield point measurement.

Compressibility is calculated using the sample’s initial density and density after the consolidation step.

Static yield analysis generates the strength of a static or not-moving sample.This would be the condition in a silo or chute when the sample is at rest.Therefore, to get the sample to flow, the force used to move the sample must be greater than the static yield strength.
Wall Friction

The wall friction analysis is designed to determine the kinematic angle of surface friction for a sample material against a container material. This is achieved by measuring the friction force between the container material and the sample material under different loads to generate a wall yield locus. The analysis consists of three parts: consolidation, steady state and analysis. All parts are automatic.

In the consolidation step, the sample in the measurement cell is compressed to the preset starting load. With linear cells, this step includes twisting of the lid to help pack the material in the cell to what is called its “critical consolidation”. Critical consolidation is defined as the sample density at which it will reach a steady friction with minimal shear travel. This state in indicated by constant sample density or by a leveling off of the drop in normal load after each twist of the cell lid. For rotational cells, the consolidation step simply consists of compressing the sample until the normal load is reached.

Sample Consolidation

Normal Load versus Time

In the steady state step, shear stress is applied to the sample until the measured friction force and sample volume become stable. With linear cells, the shear stress is applied by moving pushing the container material at a fixed rate relative to the upper ring. For rotational cells, the lid is rotated a fixed rate. The steady state point is the point at which the shear force becomes stable. At the steady state point, the sample has reached a repeatable, stable density relative to the applied compressive load.

Steady State

Shear Force versus Time

In the analysis step, the friction force under the starting load is maintained until it is stable. The load on the sample is then reduced to a preset level and the friction force is again maintained until it is stable. This is repeated several times to produce a friction value for several applied loads.

Friction Points

Shear Force and Load vs Time

The shear versus load data is then plotted to create a wall yield locus. A least squares regression is performed to calculate a linear function for the yield locus. The slope of the calculated line is the kinematic angle of surface friction.

Friction Yield Locus

Shear Force vs Normal Load
Why Volution

If you need a shear tester, the Volution Powder Flow Tester (VFT) is the one to get. The VFT offers the following advantages over other other powder shear testers on the market:

Low Cost: The VFT is very affordable compared to other shear testers. The reason is that we designed the instrument ourselves. We do not pay university licensing fees or royalties because we designed it using our 20 years of experience in the powder flow business. We also did not use external engineering companies which further reduces our costs. These savings are passed on to users.

Large Pressure Range – Due to our heavy duty frame and drive system, the VFT can deliver up to 50 kg of vertical force. That’s about 6 times more than competing instruments.

Automatic Sample Weighing: The VFT weighs the sample automatically during the measurement eliminating the need for an external balance and the time required to weight the sample.

Normal Load Correction Due To Sample Density: The VFT automatically adjusts the normal force applied to the sample lid to correct for the force from the powder mass above the shear zone. This is very important for dense powders. Other systems do not make this adjustment resulting in shear force that are artificially high.

True Time Testing: The analysis cells of the VFT can be removed and kept under load off of the instrument. This means time tests can be performed while other samples are being run on the instrument. Other shear testers have no capability to run time tests or you must leave the sample on the instrument for hours and hours so no other testing can be done.

Can Test Powders and Granular Materials : Due to the geometry of the test cell, the Volution can test both powders and granular materials. Other shear testers cannot. The reason is that the dimensions of the test cells for other instruments are too small to allow large particles to be measured. It is generally recommended that a layer of a minimum of 20 particles separate shear planes from cell edges. Some cells are not deep enough. Other cells have vanes will not allow large particles to enter or will only a thin layer.
Applications

Static Charge

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Bettersizer S3 Plus

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 6, 2024. Posted in Home page favourites, Products.

Bettersize
Bettersizer S3 Plus

Particle Size and Shape Analyser

0.01 – 3,500 µm (laser system)
2 – 3,500 µm (image system)
0.5x and 10x cameras
Rapidly generates results in 10 seconds

Strive for excellence in all you see.

The Bettersizer S3 Plus particle size and shape analyser combines laser diffraction and dynamic image analysis in one instrument. It can measure the size and shape of particles from 0.01 µm to 3500 µm. Its exceptional sensitivity for either ultrafine particles or oversized particles, and unsurpassed resolution, make it the most powerful size and shape analyser for enthusiastic researchers who conduct top scientific research.

Features and Benefits
- Measuring range is 0.01 – 3,500µm (laser system), 2 – 3,500µm (image system)
- Combining laser diffraction and dynamic image analysis in one instrument, obtaining size and shape results simultaneously
- Patented DLOI (Dual Lenses & Oblique Incidence) system enable the measurement of ultrafine particles down to 0.01 µm
- Dual-camera imaging technology can show particles images in real time and detect oversized particles up to 3500 µm
- Refractive index measurement determines the refractive index of unknown samples and improves te reliability of results
- Compliance with 21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13320, USP <429>, CE
Performance

1) High Resolution and Sensitivity

The Bettersizer S3 Plus achieves exceptional resolution and sensitivity for particle size measurements. The DLOI system allows the size distributions of polydisperse samples to be determined precisely, and the size changes of products to be detected sensitively.

2) Multiple Shape Parameters

An example of additive manufacturing for shape analysis using the Bettersizer S3 Plus is shown below. A representative number of individual particles are recorded from two AlSi10Mg samples, and the number-weighted aspect ratio and circularity are evaluated in compliance with ISO standards. (Adapted from F. Schleife, C. Oetzel. Chem. Ing. Tech. 93.8 (2021): 1199–1203.)

3) Oversized Particle Detection

Laser diffraction in combination with image analysis can sensitively detect oversized particles that are statistically underrepresented within a wide-distributed sample, such as oversized grains, agglomerates, air bubbles, etc. An example of an off-specification abrasive is displayed below. The Bettersizer S3 Plus confirms the presence of oversized particles, by showing a size peak at around 120 μm and the images of overly coarse particles.

4) Analysis of Samples with Extremely Broad Distributions
Technology

Image Analysis

Laser Diffraction
Applications

Soy Milk

Advanced Ceramic Products

Powder Coatings

Ceramic Agglomerates

Lithium-Ion Batteries

Soils and Sediments

Abrasives

3D Printing

Differing Abrasives

Specification

Particle size distribution	Suspension, emulsion, dry powders
Particle shape	Suspension, emulsion, dry powders
Principle	Laser diffraction and dynamic image technologies
Analysis	Mie scattering theory and Fraunhofer diffraction theory
Typical measurement time	Less than 10 seconds
Measuring range	0.01 – 3500 μm (Laser System) 2 – 3500 μm (Image System)
Accuracy	<0.5% (NIST certified standards)
Repeatability	<0.5% (NIST certified standards)
Number of size classes	≤100 (adjustable)
Feeding mode	Automatic circulation or semi-automatic circulation
Special functions	Refractive index measurement, SOP settings
Image recognition	Up to 120 fps, up to 10,000 particles per min
Optical system	Patented DLOI (Dual Lenses & Oblique Incidence) System
Laser	Polarized light-pumped solid-state laser (10 mW / 532 nm)
Detector	96 detectors (forward, lateral and backward arrangements)
Measuring angle	0.02 – 165°
CDC cameras	0.5x and 10x *
Image analysis	1.2 megapixels
Circulation speed	300 – 2500 r/min
Circulation flow rate	3000 – 8000 mL/min
Ultrasonication	Dry run protection, Max 50 W (adjustable)
Circulation tank capacity	600 mL
Conformity	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13320, ISO 13322, USP <429>, CE
Report	Customizable reporting
Dimensions (L x W x H)	820 × 610 × 290 mm
Weight	48 kg
Voltage	DC 24 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 20 W
Computer interface	At least one high-speed USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 port required
Operating system	Windows 7 / Windows 10
Hardware specification	Intel Core i7, 8GB RAM, 500GB HD, two PCI-E X16 interfaces

* The Bettersizer S3 Plus is also available in a single camera (0.5x) model. Contact us for more information.

Accessories
Introduction

The BT-A60 is a durable, automatic and high-throughput sampling system. It delivers maximum laboratory automation for sample measurements, reducing your labor costs while improving productivity and laboratory efficiency. The compact design saves valuable bench space while allowing up to 60 different samples to be measured in a single run. Compatible with Bettersizer S3 Plus and Bettersizer 2600, the BT-A60 offers 24/7 fully automated sample analysis to meet your various analytical applications.

Features
- Accurate sample identification
- Efficient ultrasonic cleaning
- Up to 60 samples in one click
- Measurement automation
- Small footprint
Download
brochure

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Rheometers

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 6, 2024. Posted in Products.

Lamy Rheology
Viscometers

Rheological Analysers

68 years of innovative Rheological thinking
The leader in Rheology
The satisfaction of our customers is our priority Request quote

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Lamy Rheology is the first French manufacturer of measuring instruments for laboratories, research and industry.

Lamy Rheology is a family-owned and run company that has become the French leader in the rheometer and viscometer market; in 2015, the company is celebrating its 60th birthday. Established by Jean Lamy in 1955, the firm was taken over by his daughter, Danielle Lamy in 1986, then by his grandchildren, Sophie and Eric Martino in 2006, whose takeover marks the completion of a process initiated in the early 90s: for nearly 15 years, Lamy Rheology has been manufacturing its entire range of products in this way.

Rheology is the study of the flow and deformation of matter, focusing on the viscosity and elasticity of materials. It is crucial in understanding how substances behave under different conditions, aiding in the development and quality control of products in industries such as pharmaceuticals, food, cosmetics, and polymers. Below are the solutions available from Lamy Rheology.

Models

RM 200 Plus

RM 200 CP4000

DSR 500

DSR 500 CP-4000 Plus
Applications

Yoghurt

Melted Chocolate

Paint

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

SpreadStation

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 5, 2024. Posted in Products.

Mercury Scientific
SpreadStation

Powder Spreadability Analyser

Fast analysis time
Programmable speed – 10 to 300 mm/s
Temperature to 250C

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The SpreadStation Powder Spreadability Analyser measures the spreadability of powders by actually spreading powders in a layer and then analysing the properties of the layer.

Powder is loaded into a spreading device that includes a feeder and a spreading plate. The spreading device rests on a build plate and has an adjustable gap at the bottom to control the powder layer thickness. The build plate is rotated to create linear motion between the spreading device and the build plate. This linear motion spreads the powder in a layer on the build plate.

Images of the created layer are captured and the thickness of the layer is measured using a laser distance sensor. The layer is then removed from the build plate by a scraping blade and is weighed.

The SpreadStation can be equipped with up to four spreaders and the build plate can be a solid plate or a powder bed. Spreading speed is programmable from 1 to 300 mm/s. Spreading layer thickness can be set from 20 micrometers to 2 millimeters. The build area can be heated to 250C.

Spreaders

The SpreadStation powder spreadability analyser can be equipped with up to four powder spreading assemblies. Each spreading assembly is set up with a powder feeding system and a powder spreading plate. The feeders and spreading plates can be changed quickly to study different printer parameters and simulate different printer feeding and spreading systems. The spreadering assemblies are removed from the SpreadStation for cleaning between samples. This requires approximately 30 seconds.

Powder Feeders

Angle Feeder

The angle feeder allows the feeding angle of the sample powder to be adjusted as well as the gap at the bottom of the feeder.

Straight Feeder

The straight feeder allows the feeding width and the feeding gap from the sample powder to be adjusted.

Pressure Feeder

The pressure feeder allows the pressure on the top of the sample powder to be adjusted as well as the feeding width and feeding gap.

The powder feeders deliver sample powder to the spreading zone of the spreading assembly. The feeder can be removed without tools for cleaning and quick changes. The gap that the powder must flow through to reach the spreading zone can be adjusted for all feeders. The height of the exit of the feeder can also be adjusted.

Powder Spreaders

Flat Spreading Plate

The flat spreading plate has a flat bottom and can be rigid or flexible. The standard plate is made of polished stainless steel but many optional materials are available.

Round Spreading Plate

The round spreading plate has a round profile at the bottom.

Rotating Roller Plate

The rotating roller plate uses a rotating roller to spread the test powder. The rotating direction and rotation speed is controlled by software.

The powder spreaders determine how the powder layer is formed when the powder is being spread. The spreading gap (leveling height) is set when installing the spreader on the spreading assembly.
Measurements

Layers created by the SpreadStation are analysed using three independent measuring systems and produce three independent sets of data. The measuring systems are: 1) weighting system; 2) laser triangulation distance system; and imaging system.

Weighting System for the SpreadStation Powder Spreadability Analyser

The weighting system measures the mass of powder being spread by the SpreadStation over time. The weighting system uses load cells to measure the powder mass and 24 bit A to D converters to digitize the load cell readings.

Weighting System Data:

Spreading Efficiency:

The spreading efficiency is the ratio of the spreading density to the material density. A spreading efficiency of 100% means the spread layer is equivalent to a solid layer of material while a spreading efficiency of 0% means there is no powder in the layer.

Spreading Density:

The density of the layer of the powder, units grams/cm3

Spreading Rate:

The mass of powder exiting the spreader over time, units grams/cm

Spreading Uniformity:

The uniformity of the layer density from the start of the test to the end of the test, units %

Laser Triangulation System

The laser triangulation system measures the thickness of the powder layer created by the SpreadStation.

Laser Triangulation System Data:

Layer thickness:

The thickness of the powder layer measured over time, units micrometres

Layer Thickness Uniformity:

The uniformity of the powder layer thickness, units %

Imaging System:

The imaging system consists of digital cameras and LED lighting that collect images of the powder layers created by the SpreadStation. Image analysis software is then used to extract information about the layer quality.

Imaging System Data:

Area Coverage:

The area coverage is the ratio of the area in the image covered by powder to the total area of the image, units %

Channel Detection:

The image analysis software determines if there are any channels is the powder layer and if so the width of the channel, units % channels, width millimetres

Wave Detection:

The image analysis software determines if there are any waves in the powder layer and their widths, units % waves, width millimetres

Sample Data

Spread Speed	Spread Efficiency	Layer Density	Spread Rate	Layer Thickness
50 mm/s	49.3%	3.95 g/cm³	206 mg/cm	158 um
100 mm/s	38.3%	3.06 g/cm³	157 mg/cm	117 um
150 mm/s	31.4%	2.51 g/cm³	129 mg/cm	100 um
200 mm/s	22.8%	1.83 g/cm³	94 mg/cm	72 um

50 mm/s

150 mm/s

100 mm/s

200 mm/s

Applications

Metal Powders

Powder Metallurgy

Spreadability Issues

Technical Specs

Spreading Rate	10-300 mm/sec
Levelling Height	20-2000 um
Build Plate	Solid or powder bed
Sample Size	5-25 cm³
Temperature	Ambient to 250C
Travel	Unlimited (typical 100 cm)
Simultaneous layers	4
Analysis time	2 minutes typical

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Texture Analyser

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 5, 2024. Posted in Products.

Lamy Rheology
Texture Analyser

68 years of innovative Rheological thinking
The leader in Rheometry
The satisfaction of our customers is our priority

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Lamy Rheology is the first French manufacturer of measuring instruments for laboratories, research and industry.

Lamy Rheology is a family-owned and run company that has become the French leader in the rheometer and viscometer market; in 2015, the company is celebrating its 60th birthday. Established by Jean Lamy in 1955, the firm was taken over by his daughter, Danielle Lamy in 1986, then by his grandchildren, Sophie and Eric Martino in 2006, whose takeover marks the completion of a process initiated in the early 90s: for nearly 15 years, LAMY RHEOLOGY has been manufacturing its entire range of products in this way.

Lamy Rheology Texture Analysers provide precise and reliable measurement of material texture, essential for quality control and product development. These advanced texture analysers are designed for diverse applications in industries such as food, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, and polymers. The instruments evaluate properties like hardness, cohesiveness, adhesiveness, and elasticity, ensuring products meet desired standards. With user-friendly interfaces and automated data collection, Lamy Rheology Texture Analysers offer efficient and accurate texture analysis. Their high sensitivity and versatility make them ideal for research and industrial applications, providing comprehensive insights into material behaviour and performance under various conditions.

Models

TX-700

TX-900
Applications

Sausage Firmness

Rusk

Cereal Bars

Feta Cheese

Biscuits

Cat Biscuits

Sliced Cheese

Chocolate Filled Biscuits

Jelly

Crisps

Yoghurts

Raspberries

Apples

Sweetcorn

Marshmallow

Gummybear

Mayonnaise

Soft Bread

Chocolate

Gels

Syringes

Hair Gel

Shampoo

Deoderant

Body Cream

Toothpaste

Gel Bloom

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Bettersizer 2600 Plus

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 5, 2024. Posted in Products.

Bettersize
Bettersizer 2600 Plus

Laser Diffraction and Dynamic Image Analysis

Size and Shape in One Platform: a combination of laser diffraction and dynamic imaging
Wide Range: 0.02–3500 μm for most materials and workflows
Modular Dispersion Units: flexible wet and dry setups for different samples and solvents

$Bettersizer 2600 Plus ● Size and Shape in One Platform: a combination of laser diffraction and dynamic imaging ● Wide Range: 0.02–3500 μm for most materials and workflows ● Modular Dispersion Units: flexible wet & dry setups for different samples and solvents$

Bettersizer 2600 Plus combines laser diffraction and dual-camera dynamic imaging on one modular platform, delivering size and shape characterization across 0.02–3500 μm. Laser diffraction provides fast, repeatable particle size distributions using a 92-detector array and Mie/Fraunhofer models. Dynamic imaging captures high-speed particle images to quantify size and shape, with visual evidence for agglomerates, irregular particles, and oversized tails. With a modular design, Bettersizer 2600 Plus supports a broad selection of wet and dry dispersion units. This enables flexible setups for different sample types, volumes, and solvents, so one instrument can meet diverse applications and industries

Key Features

Principle	Laser Diffraction technology, Dynamic Image Analysis
Analysis	Mie scattering theory, Fraunhofer diffraction theory, Dynamic image analysis
Data acquisition rate	11 kHz
Typical measurement time	Less than 10 seconds
Measurement range	0.02–2,600 μm (wet); 0.1 – 2,600 μm (dry); 2-3,500 μm (dynamic image)
Acuracy	≤ 0.5%
Repeatability	≤ 0.5%
Number of size classes	100 (adjustable)
Optical System	Laser Diffraction System
Laser	10 mW, 635 nm
Detector	92 detectors
Measuring angle	0.016-165°
Alignment	Automatic
Optical System	Dynamic imaging system
CMOS Camera	0.5x and 10x
Measuring range	2-3,500 μm
Frame rate	70 fps at 5 MP
Laser	Class 1 (IEC60825-1 and 21CFR1040.10)
Regulatory	RoHS, CE
Standards	ISO 13320, ISO 13322-2, USP <429>
Software	21 CFR Part 11
Supply voltage	100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions (LxWxH)	745 × 305 × 305 mm
Weight	33 kg
Computer interface	At least two high-speed USB 2.0 and two USB 3.0 port required
Operating system	Windows 10 or higher
Hardware specification (recommended)	Intel Core i5 Processor, 16 GB RAM, 512 GB SSD, 1920 × 1080 (Full HD)

Dispersion Units

Bettersizer 2600 Plus Family

Wet Dispersion Units

Consistent Dispersion Workflow for Reliable Results

Wet dispersion introduces the sample into a selected liquid medium, such as water or a compatible organic solvent, to form a stable suspension. A controlled workflow, typically defined by automated SOPs, keeps dispersion conditions consistent.

Continuous circulation and stirring maintain homogeneity, integrated ultrasonic breaks agglomerates and helps release entrapped air, and the suspension passes through the optical measurement zone and is recirculated for repeatable analysis. Automated surfactant addition further improves wetting and suspension stability, reducing re-agglomeration and supporting reliable, operator-independent results.

Core Functions Across Wet Dispersion Units

Stirring and circulation:	Ultrasonic energy:	Surfactant addition:
maintain uniformity and reduce settling	deagglomerate particles and help remove trapped air	improve wetting and stabilize the suspension

BT-812 Automatic Wet Dispersion Unit	Most routine samples can be dispersed in water, so water-based wet dispersion is the most common workflow. For these applications, BT-812 is the primary wet dispersion unit for Bettersizer 2600 Plus, combining controlled circulation, ultrasonics, and automated liquid handling to deliver repeatable measurements.
BT-812 Automatic Wet Dispersion Unit	• High-capacity circulation tank, maximum volume is 500 mL • Centrifugal circulation pump with adjustable speed • 50 W adjustable ultrasonic dispersion with dry-run protection • Fully automated liquid handling system, including level monitoring and automatic dispersant addition • Full software control for dispersion, measurement, and cleaning workflows
	Parameter	Specification
	Measurement range*	0.02 – 2,600 μm
	Stirring speed	300 – 2,500 rpm
	Ultrasonic power	50 W max
	Volume	500 mL max
	Medium	Water
	SOP	Yes
	Dimensions (LxWxH)	257 x 275 x 308 mm (LxWxH)
	Weight	11.5 kg
	Component	ABS housing 304 stainless steel tank Silicone tubing Centrifugal pump Peristaltic pump Ultrasonic disperser Quartz sample cell Pinch valve
	* Sample and sample preparation dependent


Automatic Surfactant Addition	Easy-to-Remove Wet Sample Cell
Automatic surfactant dosing during dispersion Volume-controlled addition for consistent preparation SOP settings for standardized workflows	Toggle-lock mechanism for quick installation and removal Tool-free removal for everyday convenience

BT-80N Pro Automatic Anti-Corrosive Wet Dispersion Unit	BT-80N Pro is designed for wet dispersion workflows that require organic solvents or corrosive media.To meet these applications, key components are built with corrosion-resistant materials, improving long-term compatibility and reliability.
	Low-volume circulation tank: 80–120 mL Broad organic solvent compatibility Centrifugal circulation pump with adjustable speed 50 W adjustable ultrasonic dispersion with dry-run protection Full software control for dispersion, measurement, and cleaning workflows Dual operation modes: local panel control or software control
	Parameter	Specification
	Measurement range*	0.02 – 2,600 μm
	Stirring speed	300 – 2,500 rpm
	Ultrasonic power	50 W max
	Volume	80 – 200 mL
	Medium**	Water, organic solvent
	SOP	Yes
	Dimensions (LxWxH)	240 × 220 × 290 mm (LxWxH)
	Weight	9 kg
	Key Component	316L Stainless-steel housing PTFE tubing 316 Stainless-steel diaphragm pump 316L Stainless-steel tank Quartz sample cell Ultrasonic disperser
	* Sample and sample preparation dependent ** Compatibility depends on the wetted materials. Please contact Bettersize to confirm compatibility with your solvent.

BT-80N Anti-Corrosive Wet Dispersion Unit	The BT-80N is a cost-effective, entry-level solution that provides essential solvent compatibility for routine measurements.
BT-80N Anti-Corrosive Wet Dispersion Unit	Compact circulation tank: 50–80 mL Centrifugal circulation pump with adjustable flow 50 W adjustable ultrasonic dispersion with dry-run protection Broad organic solvent compatibility Operation modes local panel control
	Parameter	Specification
	Measurement range	0.02 – 2,600 μm
	Stirring speed	300 – 3,000 rpm
	Ultrasonic power	50 W max
	Volume	50 – 80 mL
	Medium	Water, organic solvent
	SOP	No
	Dimensions (LxWxH)	290 × 210 × 375 mm (LxWxH)
	Weight	11 kg
	Key Component	316L Stainless-steel housing PTFE tubing 316L Stainless-steel tank Quartz sample cell Ultrasonic disperser

BT-814 Small-Volume Wet Dispersion Unit	The BT-814 is specifically designed for measurements where sample availability is limited or material value is high. It supports dispersion in both water-based and organic solvents, providing maximum flexibility across a wide range of applications.
BT-814 Small-Volume Wet Dispersion Unit	Small-volume sample cell: 8 mL Broad dispersion media compatibility Controlled stirring for stable dispersion conditions
	Parameter	Specification
	Measurement range*	0.02 – 2,600 μm
	Volume	8 mL
	Medium	Water or organic solvent
	SOP	No
	Dimensions	/
	Weight	/
	Key component	ABS housing Quartz sample cell 316L Stainless-steel stirrer
	* Sample and sample preparation dependent

Dry Dispersion Units

Controlled Deagglomeration for Repeatable Results

Dry dispersion introduces powder samples into the system with gases as media. The sample is delivered into the disperser by controlled vibration. Inside the disperser, particles are accelerated by a precisely controlled high-pressure gas stream through a Venturi device. Shear forces, interparticle collisions, and particle–wall collisions break down agglomerates before measurement. The dispersed particle stream then passes through the laser diffraction measurement zone for analysis, and is safely evacuated and collected by a vacuum unit.
Shear forces high-velocity airflow separates loosely bound agglomerates during acceleration and transport
Inter-particle collisions: collisions under controlled flow promote deagglomeration and dispersion stability
Particle–wall impacts: impacts with the inlet pathway enhance agglomerate breakup before measurement

BT-912 Automatic Dry Dispersion Unit
The BT-912 is the primary dry dispersion unit for routine powder dispersion using compressed gas. It supports a wide range of powders, including friable and cohesive powders.	Parameter	Specification
	Measurement range*	0.1 – 2,600 μm
	Powder mass	0.2 – 10 g
	Gas pressure	0.1 – 0.8 MPa
Representative sampling: 0.2–10 g for standard laboratory analysis and QC Controlled feeding: adjustable hopper position and vibration frequency to stabilize obscuration Flexible gas supply options: compatible dispersion for diverse dry powders Fully automated sample feeding and cleaning: improves efficiency and consistency	Funnel height	0.7 – 2.9 mm
	Medium	Air, nitrogen or noble gases
	SOP	Yes
	Dimensions	276 x 189 x 243 mm
	Weight	8 kg
	Key Component	304 Stainless-steel funnel 304 stainless-steel feeder Venturi disperser Vacuum cleaner (optional) Air Compressor (optional)
	* Sample and sample preparation dependent

BT-903 Small-Volume Dry Dispersion Unit
BT-903 is the small-volume dry dispersion unit, designed for powder measurements when sample amount is limited. Samples are preloaded in a tube and introduced into the disperser by controlled gas flow and negative-pressure suction, enabling stable and repeatable sampling.	Parameter	Specification
	Measurement range*	0.1 – 2,600 μm
	Powder mass	0.02 – 1 g
Negative-pressure sampling: stable small-quantity feeding with 0.02 – 1 g sample dosage Quick tube replacement: reduces carryover Removable glass tube: easier maintenance and thorough cleaning Fully automated feeding and cleaning: improves efficiency and consistency Flexible gas supply options: compatible dispersion for diverse dry powders	Tube volume	5 mL max
	Gas pressure	0.1 – 0.8 MPa
	Medium	Air, nitrogen or noble gases
	SOP	Yes
	Dimensions	195 × 260 × 245 mm
	Weight	5 kg
	Key Component	Plastic sample tube 316 Stainless-steel tubing Silicon tubing Venturi disperser Vacuum cleaner (optional) * Sample and sample preparation dependent Air Compressor (optional)

Module Selection

Easy Module Selection

The Bettersizer 2600 Plus features both wet and dry dispersion units for effective particle dispersion, along with a dynamic imaging module to expand the measurement range and perform particle shape analysis. Our decision tree* for module selection helps users choose the right dispersion unit and determine if the dynamic imaging module is necessary.
Applications

Pigments

Coffee

Chocolate

Ceramic Powders

Lithium Batteries

Powder Coatings

Abrasives

Mineral Pigment

Pharmaceuticals

Powdered Milk

Cement

Coffee 2

Lactose

Pharmaceuticals 2

Chinese Medicine
Technology

Laser Diffraction

Software

Smart and Powerful Software

Bettersizer Software is designed to optimize the entire particle size measurement workflow, covering every stage from sample preparation and measurement control to data analysis and report generation. Seamlessly integrated with the Bettersizer 2600 Plus, it streamlines routine operations through a high level of automation, reducing manual intervention while improving efficiency and result consistency.

Real-time laser diffraction view: monitors obscuration and signal status while updating the particle size distribution during the run.
Dynamic imaging window: supports image-based testing to add particle shape information alongside size results.
Individual particle view: provides image-level review of captured particles
Imaging size results: displays image-derived particle size distributions for verification and extended coverage.
Shape scatter plots: visualizes size–shape relationships to distinguish particle distribution and shape trends.
Test record table: organizes run history and key parameters for traceability, comparison, and reporting.

Smart Dispersion Control

SOP-Based Automation

Flexible Measurement Modes

“Auto Dispersion Setting” automatically determines the optimal dispersion time based on real-time repeatability. It stops when the user-defined repeatability target is met, or selects the best-repeatability interval at the maximum time.

SOPs standardize the full workflow beyond basic stirring, ultrasonics, and circulation. Automated functions can include auto dilution to maintain target obscuration, automatic dispersant addition, and report generation/printing, improving consistency across operators and laboratories.

Users can select laser diffraction, dynamic imaging, or combined LD and imaging modes to match sample characteristics and reporting needs, enabling both particle size and shape characterization within a unified workflow.

Software Features Across the Testing Workflow

1. Automatic Pre-processing	2. Automated System Preparation	3. Real-time Testing	4. Data Evaluation and Reporting
Users can easily create new tests based on laser diffraction and dynamic image analysis methods. The software supports both automated and manual control, providing flexibility for various sample types and testing conditions. The SOP offers a streamlined solution for standardized and automatic testing, ensuring operator-independent results that are consistent and reliable.	The Bettersizer software significantly enhances data quality by automating critical instrument functions like system cleaning, optical alignment, and sample dispersion. These automated processes ensure optimal instrument performance, leading to increased precision, accuracy, and reproducibility of results.	During the testing process, Bettersizer software delivers real-time insights into particle size distribution and shape. These immediate results provide valuable information on test progress and outcomes, enabling precise adjustments to achieve optimal results.	The Bettersizer software excels in delivering comprehensive data analysis and report generation capabilities. The software allows users to customize and edit reports to meet specific requirements, including various data points, charts, and graphical representations, to create clear and informative reports. The data evaluation tools can help in assessing the result quality.
Combined Test	Automatic Dispersion Settings	Imaging Analysis Window	Data Interface
New SOP Screen	Auto-alignment	Laser Diffraction Analysis Window	Data Evaluation

Reporting and Data Export

Highly Customizable Report

● Complete and detailed data: Frequency and cumulative distribution curves, simplified and complete distribution table, etc.
● Editability: Users can easily edit the reports and change the font, layout, format, etc.
● Convertibility: Users can switch the formats of reports freely among PDF, Excel, Text, etc.

Citations

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Bettersizer ST

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 4, 2024. Posted in Products.

Bettersize
Bettersizer ST

Particle Size Analyser – Wet Analysis

Size range 0.1 – 1,000 µm
Low maintenance
Cost-Efficiency

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The Bettersizer ST is a fully automated and integrated particle size analyser with a smart operation system by wet dispersing. Optimised for the industrial quality control process, the Bettersizer ST provides stable and reliable testing results with minimum user intervention. The compact footprint saves valuable workspace for factories and laboratories.

Particle Size Analyser you can TRUST

The Bettersize Bettersizer ST Particle Size Analyser ensures reliable wet analysis for quality control processes. Utilising laser diffraction, it provides accurate and reproducible measurements. Ideal for various industries, the Bettersizer ST guarantees precise particle size distribution, enhancing product consistency and quality assurance

Key Features
- Dispersion type: Wet
- Size range: 0.1 – 1,000µm
- Robustness
- Ease-of-Use
- Cost-Efficiency
- Compact design
- Low maintenance
- Dual lens system
- Automatic alignment functionality
- Automatic measurement with SOP

Technical Specs

Particle Size Distribution	Suspensions, emulsions, dry powders
LPrinciple	Laser diffraction technology
Analysis	Mie scattering theory and Fraunhofer diffraction theory
Typical measurement time	Less than 10 seconds
Measurement range	0.1 µm – 1000 µm
Accuracy error	≤1% (NIST certified standards)
Repeatability error	≤1% (NIST certified standards)
Number of size classes	≤100 (adjustable)
FOptical system	Patented DLOS (Dual Lens Optical Systems)
Laser	High-power fiber semiconductor laser (10 mW/635 nm)
Detector	86 photodetectors (forward, lateral and backward arrangements)F
Measuring angle	0.031 – 159°
Circulation speed	300 – 2500 r/min
Circulation flow rate	3,000 – 8,000 mL/min
Ultrasonication	Dry run protection, Max 50 W (adjustable)
Circulation tank capacity	600 mL
Conformity	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13320, CE
Reports	Customizable reporting
Dimensions (L x W x H)	660 x 420 x 320 mm
Weight	38 KG
Voltage	DC 24V, 221 W
Computer interface	At least one high-speed USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 port required
Operating system	Windows 7 or higher
Hardware specification	Intel Core I5, 4GB RAM, 250GB HD

Applications

Lithium-ion Battery

Calcium Carbonate

Pesticides

Ceramic Powder

Abrasives

Gypsum

Pesticides 2
Technology

Laser Diffraction

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

BeDensi T Pro Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 4, 2024. Posted in Products.

Bettersize
BeDensi T Pro Series

Tapped Density Analyser

Compliance (USP/EP/ISO/ASTM)
Easy to use
Up to three workstations
Wallet-friendly

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

BeDensi T Pro Tapped Density Analyser

The BeDensi T Pro series is a reliable tapped density analyser that excels at intuitive operation while complying with the USP, EP, ASTM, and ISO standards. It can measure the bulk density and tapped density with less than 1% repeatability variation to help users to understand the flowability of a wide variety of powder materials.

Key Features
1) Compliance

Meeting the USP, EP, ASTM and ISO standards to provide informative results.

2) Easy to Use
- Set standard test conditions easily with membrane keypad
- Replace cylinders quickly with the easy lock holders
- One click to print detailed parameter reports on completion of a test
3) Up to 3 workstations

The single tapped density analyser with up to 3 workstations to meet different measurement needs and scale up your productivity even further.

4) Wallet-friendly

Own a reliable tapped density tester at an affordable price.

5) Application
- Pharmaceutical
- Metal Powder and Compounds
- Batteries
- Food and Beverage
- Carbon
- Ceramics
- Chemistry
Technology
Introduction

Powder characterization includes flow measurements, morphology, particle size distribution, density, and chemical composition. Bettersize PowderPro Series instruments are mainly used for the analysis of the powder physical properties by testing items such as angle of repose and fall, angle of spatula (flat plate angle), bulk and tapped density, dispersibility, voidage and cohesion, angle of difference, compressibility, uniformity, flowability Index, floodability index, sieve size, angle of slide, etc.

What are bulk density, tapped density and compressibility, flowability index?

Bulk density: fill the powder sample into a measuring cup, and flatten the top, the ratio of the powder mass to the volume of the cup is defined as bulk density. It indicates the mass of the powder that can be added into the vessel per volume under normal conditions.

Tapped density: fill the powder sample into a measuring cup; vibrate the cup at a certain amplitude and frequency to remove air from the powders. After reaching the required vibration time, flatten the sample. The ratio of the powder mass to the volume of the cup is defined as tapped density. Tapped density indicates the mass of powders filled into the vessel per volume after excluding air from the powders. The data of bulk density and tapped density are often used for the design of vessels, bags, and tanks for powder storage.

Compressibility: it is the ratio of the difference between tapped density and bulk density to tap density. It shows the degree of volume reduction from bulk to tap state.

Flowability Index: is a set of numerical values obtained by the weighted summation of angle of repose, Compressibility, angle of spatula, uniformity, and cohesion. It is used to comprehensively evaluate the flowability of the powder. The Flowability Index is mainly used to describe powder flowability under gravity.

What are angle of repose, angle of fall, angle of difference, and flat plate angle (angle of spatula)?

Angle of repose: Under the static balance, the angle between the slope of a powder pile and the horizontal plane is angle of repose. It is measured when the powders fall to a surface via gravity and form a cone. It indicates the flowability of the powders. The smaller the angle of repose is, the better the flowability of the powders.

Angle of fall: After measuring the angle of repose, apply an external force to the powder pile to collapse it. The angle between the slope of the collapsed pile and the horizontal plane is defined as angle of fall.

Angle of difference: It means the difference between the angle of repose and the angle of collapse. The larger the angle of difference is, the better flowability of the powders.

Flat plate angle: immerse a plane in the powder pile; pull up the plane vertically, and one angle is formed between the slope of the powders on the plane and the plane. Apply an external force to obtain another angle. The average of these two angles is flat plate angle. The smaller the flat plate angle is, the better the flowability of the powders. The flat plate angle is usually larger than the angle of repose.

How to measure flowability of metal powders?

According to ISO4490, the flowability of metal powders is usually measured with a Hall flow meter.

The measurement process is:
- Weigh 50g + 0.1g sample;
- Plug the hole in the funnel with the finger;
- Pour the sample into the funnel;
- Quickly remove the finger from the small hole and start the stopwatch at the same time (precision 0.2S);
- Wait until the powder sample runs out, and stops the timing immediately;
- Evaluate the fluidity of the metal powder through the time of the 50g powder passing through the hole.
The standard funnel of the Hall flowmeter needs to be calibrated by a standard sample with a flow speed of 40 + 0.5s/50g.
Applications

Food Packaging

Pharmaceutical Powders

Lithium-ion Battery

Specification

BeDensi T Pro Series
Test Workstation	Up to 3
Compliance	USP<616>
	EP 2.9.34
	ASTM D7481
	ASTM B527
	ISO 787-11
	User defined
Taps	1 to 99999
	100 to 300 taps/min (adjustable)
Drop Height	3 ± 0.2 mm	For nominally 250 + 15 taps/min
	14 ± 2 mm	For nominally 300 + 15 taps/min
Graduated Cylinder	25 ml	Readable to 0.2 ml
	100 ml	Readable to 1 ml
	250 ml	Readable to 2 ml
Repeatability	≤1%
Power	100-240VAC/50-60 Hz/ 50 W
Dimensions	Width	260 mm
	Depth	410 mm
	Height	245 mm
Weight	T1	16 kg
	T2	18.2 kg
	T3	21 kg

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

BeNano Series

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 3, 2024. Posted in Products.

Bettersize
BeNano Series

Nanoparticle Size and Zeta Potential Analyser

Size range: 0.3nm – 15μm
PALS (Phase Analysis Light Scattering) technologyy
Compliance with 21 CFR Part 11, ISO 22412, ISO 13099

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The BeNano Series is the latest generation of nanoparticle size and zeta potential analysers designed by Bettersize Instruments. Dynamic light scattering (DLS), electrophoretic light scattering (ELS), and static light scattering (SLS) are integrated into the system to provide accurate measurements of particle size, zeta potential, and molecular weight. The BeNano Series is widely applied in academic and manufacturing processes of various fields including but not limited to: chemical engineering, pharmaceuticals, food and beverage, inks and pigments, and life science, etc.

Features and Benefits

Size range: 0.3nm – 15μm
Minimum sample volume 3μL
APD (Avalanche Photodiode) detector providing exceptional sensitivity
Automatic adjustment of laser intensity
Intelligent algorithm of result evaluation
DLS backscattering (173°) detection technology
User-adjustable scattering volume for concentrated samples
PALS (Phase Analysis Light Scattering) technology
Programmable temperature control system
Compliance with 21 CFR Part 11, ISO 22412, ISO 13099

Features

The BeNano series comprises seven models and represents a state-of-the-art generation of nanoparticle analysers that integrate light scattering and transmission techniques.

Compare BeNano series models

Features	BeNano 180 Zeta Max	BeNano 180 Zeta Pro	BeNano 180 Zeta	BeNano 90 Zeta	BeNano Zeta	BeNano 180	BeNano 90
Particle Size – 90° DLS	√	√	×	√	×	×	√
Particle Size – 173° DLS	√	√	√	×	×	√	×
Zeta Potential	√	√	√	√	√	×	×
Molecular Weight	√	√	√	√	×	√	√
Microrheology	√	√	√	√	×	√	√
Refractive Index	√	×	√★	√★	×	√★	√★
Concentration	√	×	√★	√★	×	√★	√★
Sedimentation	√	×	√★	√★	×	√★	√★
Transmittance	√	×	√★	√★	×	√★	√★
Temperature Trend	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
VV Polarizer	√★	√★	√★	√★	×	√★	√★
VH Polarizer	√★	√★	×	√★	×	×	√★
Fluorescence Filter	√★	√★	√★	√★	×	√★	√★
Flow Mode	√★	√★	√★	√★	×	√★	√★
Autotitration	√★	√★	√★	√★	√★	×	×
★ Optional

If you’re not sure which model is right for you, feel free to contact us here.

1. Particle Size Measurement — Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS)

Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS), also known as Photon Correlation Spectroscopy (PCS) or Quasi-Elastic Light Scattering (QELS), is a technique used to determine particle size by analysing the Brownian motion of particles in a dispersion. DLS is based on the principle of Brownian motion, which relates particle size to velocity—smaller particles diffuse more rapidly, while larger particles move more slowly. The scattering intensities of the particles are detected by an avalanche photodiode (APD) and then converted into a correlation function. From this correlation function, a mathematical algorithm can be applied to obtain the diffusion coefficient (D). The hydrodynamic diameter (D_H) and its distribution can be calculated using the Stokes-Einstein equation, which relates the diffusion coefficient to the particle size.

1.1 Backscattering Detection Technology

Using backscattering optics, the analyser automatically identifies the best detection position by evaluating the sample’s size, concentration, and scattering characteristics. This ensures maximum measurement accuracy while offering the adaptability needed to evaluate a wide range of samples with varying properties.

Features

- Wider Concentration Range: By optimising the detection position, highly concentrated samples can be detected near the edge of the sample cell, effectively minimising errors from multiple light scattering.

- Increased Sensitivity: Offers 8-10 times the scattering volume and approximately 10 times greater sensitivity as compared to traditional 90° optics.

- Expanded Size Detection Range: By minimizing multiple light scattering from larger particles, this approach enhances measurement accuracy. Additionally, the significantly larger scattering volume helps reduce the number fluctuations of large particles, leading to more reliable analysis.

- Better Reproducibility: Reduced effects from dust contaminants and unevenly distributed agglomerates, improving reproducibility

2. Zeta Potential Measurement — Electrophoretic Light Scattering (ELS)

In aqueous systems, charged particles are surrounded by counter-ions that form an inner Stern layer and an outer shear layer. Zeta potential is the electrical potential at the interface of the shear layer. A higher zeta potential indicates greater stability and less aggregation of the suspension system. Electrophoretic light scattering (ELS) measures electrophoretic mobility via Doppler shifts of scattered light, which can be used to determine the zeta potential of a sample by Henry’s equation.

Colloidal Stability

Stable particle system	Unstable particle system

High repulsion force of particles High zeta potential	Flocculation, aggregation, sedimentation Low or zero zeta potential

2.1 Phase Analysis Light Scattering (PALS)

PALS is a more advanced technique than traditional ELS, which has been further developed by Bettersize to measure the zeta potential.

Features and Benefits

- Accurate measurement of samples with low electrophoretic mobility
- Effective for samples in organic solvents with low dielectric constant
- More accurate results for samples with high conductivity
- Effectively measures the zeta potential of particles whose charge approaches the isoelectric point

3. Molecular Weight Measurement — Static light scattering (SLS)

Static light scattering (SLS) is a technique that measures scattering intensities to calculate the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and the second virial coefficient (A2) of a sample using the Rayleigh equation.

where c is the sample concentration, θ is the detection angle, R_θ is the Rayleigh ratio used to characterise the intensity ratio between the scattered light and the incident light at the angle of θ, M_w is the sample’s weight-average molecular weight, A₂ is the second virial coefficient, and K is a constant related to (dn/dc)².

Features & Benefits

Non-invasive technique
Suitable for particles dissolved in liquid
Measures molecular weight of samples smaller than 30 nm
Provides second virial coefficient A₂, indicating the intermolecular interactions

Debye Plot

4. DLS Microrheology Measurement

Dynamic Light Scattering Microrheology (DLS Microrheology) is an economical and efficient technique that utilizes dynamic light scattering to determine rheological properties. By analyzing the Brownian motion of colloidal tracer particles, information about the viscoelastic properties of the system, such as viscoelastic modulus, complex viscosity and creep compliance, can be obtained with the generalized Stokes-Einstein equation.

Features & Benefits

Investigates rheological behaviors by measuring the thermally-driven motion of tracer particles within a material being studied
Facilitates the measurement of a broad frequency range in a single measurement
Suitable for dilute, weakly structured solutions
Delivers fast results in 1–2 minutes with easy operation
Offers rheological insights across a wide temperature range from -15°C to 120°C
Complements conventional mechanical rheology

5. DLS Flow Mode Measurement

DLS flow mode provides a high-resolution size result of a complex, polydisperse system. When combined with front-end separation equipment such as GPC/SEC or FFF, particles are separated into monodisperse fractions and flow through the BeNano in sequence by size. The size of each fraction is continuously measured and summed into a high-resolution size distribution.

BeNano can acquire RI or UV signals, offering a more accurate volume and number distributions independent of the algorithm compared to a batch-mode measurement.

Features & Benefits

DLS analyser connecting with GPC/SEC, FFF, etc.
Receiving up to 3 signals from RI, UV, or other detectors
27 μL low-volume flow cell to avoid band broadening
Size resolution as high as 1.3:1
Size distributions weighted by number and volume, in addition to intensity
Suitable for complex, polydisperse systems such as proteins, polymers, etc.

6. Temperature Trend Measurement

Features & Benefits

Programmed temperature trend measurement from -15°C to 120°C
Important for analysing particle size and zeta potential across varying temperatures
Easy examination of protein formulation stability
Accelerates real-time aging through elevated temperature simulation

7. Transmittance Measurement

Features & Benefits

Measures transmittance rapidly by detecting the light intensity transmitted through the sample
Requires a minimum sample volume of 3 μL
Sensitive indicator for evaluating batch consistency in industrial products
Quantitative tool for identifying sample instability

8. Refractive Index Measurement

The BeNano Series can determine the refractive index (RI) measurement of liquids with outstanding precision. A patented wedge-shaped cuvette holds the liquid sample while the CMOS detector measures the deflection of the light path after it traverses the liquid to calculate the RI.

Features & Benefits

Patented technique supports a broad refractive index range from 1.2 to 1.6
Requires only two calibration references and utilizes linear calibration suitable for extrapolation
No tracer particles or prior knowledge of viscosity are required
Enables DLS and ELS measurement for dispersants with unknown refractive indices
Suitable for both organic and aqueous solvents

9. Concentration Measurement

The BeNano measures particle volume fraction and number concentrations in particles per milliliter (particles/mL) for each population through the patented LEDLS technique. The incident light passes through the sample and reaches a photodiode detector, which records the transmitted intensity. By comparing it with that of a blank solution and combining the data with the particle size distribution from dynamic light scattering, the particle concentration is determined.

Features & Benefits

Enables fast measurement with single-angle Detection
Simplifies sample preparation with no need for calibration
Ideal for screening-type measurements
Suitable for both aqueous and organic samples

10. Sedimentation Size Measurement

The BeNano Series provides particle size results based on the sedimentation method. The sedimentation rate of particles is directly related to their size, with larger particles settling faster. The PD detector monitors the changes in transmitted intensity over time, enabling the determination of particle size and distribution for particles up to 50 microns.

Schematic of the sedimentation method

Features & Benefits

Expands size measurement range up to 50 μm
Suitable for samples containing both nanoparticles and microparticles, meeting the needs of broad distribution samples
Provides volume-based size distributions for micron-sized particles, consistent with laser diffraction results
Achieves up to 1.5x size resolution for multiple peaks

11. pH Autotitration Measurement

The BAT-1 + Degasser units integrate seamlessly with the BeNano Series for automatic acid-base titration and isoelectric point (IEP) determination. The system automatically enables sample flow during measurement, ensuring high efficiency and consistent, operator-independent results, as well as precise titration.

An optional degasser is available to remove dissolved gases from titrants. Preventing bubbles improves the accuracy of zeta potential measurements.

Features & Benefits

Accurate size and zeta potential analysis from pH 1 to 13
Enhanced safety with minimal exposure to corrosive liquids
Automated workflow reduces training needs and researcher workload
Fewer manual steps minimise human error
Completes each measurement cycle in as little as 30 minutes
Smart Titration: Based on the initial pH and the target pH, the required titrants can be chosen automatically via the software

Technology
Accessories
BAT-1 Autotitrator

1) Introduction

The BAT-1 Autotitrator is equipped with three high-precision titration pumps (with precision of 0.28 μL), and a magnetic stirrer, and is in combination with the BeNano series nanoparticle size and zeta potential analyzer for automatic acid-base titration and determination of isoelectric point (IEP). The pinch valve can close the circuit of the sample during the measurement, leading to high efficiency, accurate titration, good repeatability and the results being independent of operators. The disposable sample container can avoid the sample cross-contamination.

2) Features
- Combination electrode with high precision and high feedback speed
- High precision ternary titration pumps
- Controllable peristaltic pump with high flow capacity and high flow rate
- Internal magnetic stirrer system
- SOP operation
- Replaceable tubes
- Corrosion resistant design
- General purpose electrode
- Intelligentization
- Determination of isoelectric point
3) How it works

The BAT-1 Autotitrator is designed to be used with the BeNano series for the measurement of zeta potential over a wide pH range, providing the information of zeta potentials and the stability of samples in different conditions. The operation flow is as follows:
- a). Preparing the samples to be detected and the titrants in the containers, respectively;
- b). Creating or editing a titration SOP in BeNano software by setting the volume of the sample to be measured, the concentrations of the titrants, the initial pH, the target pH, the pH interval and the target pH tolerance, etc.;
- c). To start the determination, the sample is titrated to approach to the first pH value through automatic calculation, and is injected into the folded capillary cell by the peristaltic pump for zeta potential measurement;
- d). Repeating the above procedures until approaching the final target pH automatically;
- Saving and outputting complete data and the trend plot of zeta potential vs. pH;
- Giving the isoelectric point if it is included in the setting pH range.
4) Download BAT-1 Autotitrator Flyer
Applications

Battery Electrode Slurry

Monosaccharide Molecules

Resins

BSA Solution

Aluminium Oxide

Titanium Oxide

Thermal Sensitive Hydrogel

Latex antibody immunological reagents

Alumina Abrasives

Iron Dextran

Fat Emulsion

BSA Solution

Surfactant Micelles

Pigment

Bovine Serum Albumin

Coffee Creamer Powder

Lysozyme

Specification

Functions	Parameter	BeNano 180 Zeta Pro	BeNano 180 Zeta	BeNano 90 Zeta	BeNano Zeta	BeNano 180 Pro	BeNano 180	BeNano 90
Size measurement	Size measurement range	0.3 nm – 15 μm*	0.3 nm – 10 μm*	0.3 nm – 15 μm*	N/A	0.3 nm – 15 μm*	0.3 nm -10 μm*	0.3 nm – 15 μm*
	Sample volume	3 μL – 1 mL*	40 μL – 1 mL*	3 μL – 1 mL*	N/A	3 μL – 1 mL*	40 μL – 1 mL*	3 μL – 1 mL*
	Detection angle	90° & 173° & 12°	173° & 12°	90° & 12°	N/A	90° & 173°	173°	90°
	Analysis algorithm	Cumulants, General Mode, CONTIN	Cumulants, General Mode, CONTIN	Cumulants, General Mode, CONTIN	N/A	Cumulants, General Mode, CONTIN	Cumulants, General Mode, CONTIN	Cumulants, General Mode, CONTIN
	Upper limit of concentration range	40% w/v*	40% w/v*	Optically clear⁺	N/A	40% w/v*	40% w/v*	Optically clear†
	Detection position	Movable position 0.4 – 5 mm	Movable position 0.4 – 5 mm	Fixed position 5 mm	N/A	Movable position 0.4 – 5 mm	Movable position 0.4 – 5 mm	Fixed position 5 mm
Zeta potential measurement	Detection angle	12°	12°	12°	12°	N/A	N/A	N/A
	Zeta potential measurement range	No actual limitation	No actual limitation	No actual limitation	No actual limitation	N/A	N/A	N/A
	Electrophoretic mobility	> ± 20 μm·cm/V·s	> ± 20 μm·cm/V·s	> ± 20 μm·cm/V·s	> ± 20 μm·cm/V·s	N/A	N/A	N/A
	Conductivity	0 – 260 mS/cm	0 – 260 mS/cm	0 – 260 mS/cm	0 – 260 mS/cm	N/A	N/A	N/A
	Sample volume	0.75 – 1 mL	0.75 – 1 mL	0.75 – 1 mL	0.75 – 1 mL	N/A	N/A	N/A
	Sample size	2 nm – 110 μm	2 nm – 110 μm	2 nm – 110 μm	2 nm – 110 μm	N/A	N/A	N/A
Other measurements	Molecular weight (Mw)	342 Da – 2 x 10⁷ Da*	342 Da – 2 x 10⁷ Da*	342 Da – 2 x 10⁷ Da*	N/A	342 Da – 2 x 10⁷ Da*	342 Da – 2 x 10⁷ Da*	342 Da – 2 x 10⁷ Da*
	Viscosity	0.01 cp – 100 cp*	0.01 cp – 100 cp*	0.01 cp – 100 cp*	N/A	0.01 cp – 100 cp*	0.01 cp – 100 cp*	0.01 cp – 100 cp*
	Interaction parameter K_D	No actual limitation	No actual limitation	No actual limitation	N/A	No actual limitation	No actual limitation	No actual limitation
	Trend measurement	Time and temperature	Time and temperature	Time and temperature	Time and temperature	Time and temperature	Time and temperature	Time and temperature
System parameters	Temperature control range	-15℃ – 110℃, ±0.1℃	-15℃ – 110℃, ±0.1℃	-15℃ – 110℃, ±0.1℃	-15℃ – 110℃, ±0.1℃	-15℃ – 110℃, ±0.1℃	-15℃ – 110℃, ±0.1℃	-15℃ – 110℃, ±0.1℃
	Condensation control	Dry air or nitrogen	Dry air or nitrogen	Dry air or nitrogen	Dry air or nitrogen	Dry air or nitrogen	Dry air or nitrogen	Dry air or nitrogen
	Laser source	50 mW Solid-state laser, 671 nm^#, Class 1	50 mW Solid-state laser, 671 nm^#, Class 1	50 mW Solid-state laser, 671 nm^#, Class 1	50 mW Solid-state laser, 671 nm^#, Class 1	50 mW Solid-state laser, 671 nm^#, Class 1	50 mW Solid-state laser, 671 nm^#, Class 1	50 mW Solid-state laser, 671 nm^#, Class 1
	Correlator	Up to 4000 channels, 10¹¹ linear dynamic range	Up to 4000 channels, 10¹¹ linear dynamic range	Up to 4000 channels, 10¹¹ linear dynamic range	Up to 4000 channels, 10¹¹ linear dynamic range	Up to 4000 channels, 10¹¹ linear dynamic range	Up to 4000 channels, 10¹¹ linear dynamic range	Up to 4000 channels, 10¹¹ linear dynamic range
	Detector	Avalanche photodiode (APD)	Avalanche photodiode (APD)	Avalanche photodiode (APD)	Avalanche photodiode (APD)	Avalanche photodiode (APD)	Avalanche photodiode (APD)	Avalanche photodiode (APD)
	Intensity control	0.0001% – 100%, manual or automatic	0.0001% – 100%, manual or automatic	0.0001% – 100%, manual or automatic	0.0001% – 100%, manual or automatic	0.0001% – 100%, manual or automatic	0.0001% – 100%, manual or automatic	0.0001% – 100%, manual or automatic
	Dimensions (L x W x H)	62.5 x 40 x 24.5 cm (22 kg)	62.5 x 40 x 24.5 cm (22 kg)	62.5 x 40 x 24.5 cm (22 kg)	62.5 x 40 x 24.5 cm (22 kg)	62.5 x 40 x 24.5 cm (22 kg)	62.5 x 40 x 24.5 cm (22 kg)	62.5 x 40 x 24.5 cm (22 kg)
	Power supply	AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 4A	AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 4A	AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 4A	AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 4A	AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 4A	AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 4A	AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 4A
	Conformity to standards	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13321, ISO 22412, ISO 13099	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13321, ISO 22412, ISO 13099	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13321, ISO 22412, ISO 13099	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13321, ISO 22412, ISO 13099	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13321, ISO 22412, ISO 13099	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13321, ISO 22412, ISO 13099	21 CFR Part 11, ISO 13321, ISO 22412, ISO 13099
Optional Accessories	Disposable micro-volume cuvette	40 – 50 μL	40 – 50 μL	40 – 50 μL	N/A	40 – 50 μL	40 – 50 μL	40 – 50 μL
	Micro-volume glass cuvette	25 μL	N/A	25 μL	N/A	25 μL	N/A	25 μL
	Glass cuvette with round opening	1 mL	1 mL	1 mL	N/A	1 mL	1 mL	1 mL
	Capillary sizing cell	3 – 5 μL	N/A	3 – 5 μL	N/A	3 – 5 μL	N/A	3 – 5 μL
	Dip cell kit	1 – 1.5 mL, zeta potential measurement for organic-based samples	1 – 1.5 mL, zeta potential measurement for organic-based samples	1 – 1.5 mL, zeta potential measurement for organic-based samples	1 – 1.5 mL, zeta potential measurement for organic-based samples	N/A	N/A	N/A
* Dependent on samples and accessories † Up to 40% w/v using capillary sizing cell # 10mW 633nm He-Ne laser available on request

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

BeDensi B1-S

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 2, 2024. Posted in Products.

Bettersize
BeDensi B1-S

Bulk Density Tester for Metals

Bulk Density
Scott Capacity meter
For use with metal powders

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The BeDensi B1-S is a bulk density tester designed for accurate and reliable measurements of various metal powders and pharmaceutical powders. It uses Scott capacity meter technology and is compliant with industry standards such as ISO 3923-2, ASTM B329, USP <616>, and EP 2.9.34. With its compact and durable design, the BeDensi B1-S is ideal for use in laboratories and production facilities. Whether you’re working with metal or pharmaceutical powders, the BeDensi B1-S is the perfect choice for precise and reliable bulk density measurements.

Key Features

1. Measurement: Bulk density using Scott capacity meter technology

The BeDensi B1-S bulk density tester measures bulk density using advanced Scott capacity meter technology. This method provides highly accurate and reliable measurements of the bulk density of various metal powders and pharmaceutical powders.

2. Compliance with industry standards

The BeDensi B1-S is fully compliant with ISO 3923-2, ASTM B329, USP <616>, and EP 2.9.34 manufacturing standards. This ensures that your results are precise, reliable, and accepted within the industry, giving you peace of mind and confidence in your measurements.
Technology
Introduction

Powder characterization includes flow measurements, morphology, particle size distribution, density, and chemical composition. Bettersize PowderPro Series instruments are mainly used for the analysis of the powder physical properties by testing items such as angle of repose and fall, angle of spatula (flat plate angle), bulk and tapped density, dispersibility, voidage and cohesion, angle of difference, compressibility, uniformity, flowability Index, floodability index, sieve size, angle of slide, etc.

What are bulk density, tapped density and compressibility, flowability index?

Bulk density: fill the powder sample into a measuring cup, and flatten the top, the ratio of the powder mass to the volume of the cup is defined as bulk density. It indicates the mass of the powder that can be added into the vessel per volume under normal conditions.

Tapped density: fill the powder sample into a measuring cup; vibrate the cup at a certain amplitude and frequency to remove air from the powders. After reaching the required vibration time, flatten the sample. The ratio of the powder mass to the volume of the cup is defined as tapped density. Tapped density indicates the mass of powders filled into the vessel per volume after excluding air from the powders. The data of bulk density and tapped density are often used for the design of vessels, bags, and tanks for powder storage.

Compressibility: it is the ratio of the difference between tapped density and bulk density to tap density. It shows the degree of volume reduction from bulk to tap state.

Flowability Index: is a set of numerical values obtained by the weighted summation of angle of repose, Compressibility, angle of spatula, uniformity, and cohesion. It is used to comprehensively evaluate the flowability of the powder. The Flowability Index is mainly used to describe powder flowability under gravity.

What are angle of repose, angle of fall, angle of difference, and flat plate angle (angle of spatula)?

Angle of repose: Under the static balance, the angle between the slope of a powder pile and the horizontal plane is angle of repose. It is measured when the powders fall to a surface via gravity and form a cone. It indicates the flowability of the powders. The smaller the angle of repose is, the better the flowability of the powders.

Angle of fall: After measuring the angle of repose, apply an external force to the powder pile to collapse it. The angle between the slope of the collapsed pile and the horizontal plane is defined as angle of fall.

Angle of difference: It means the difference between the angle of repose and the angle of collapse. The larger the angle of difference is, the better flowability of the powders.

Flat plate angle: immerse a plane in the powder pile; pull up the plane vertically, and one angle is formed between the slope of the powders on the plane and the plane. Apply an external force to obtain another angle. The average of these two angles is flat plate angle. The smaller the flat plate angle is, the better the flowability of the powders. The flat plate angle is usually larger than the angle of repose.

How to measure flowability of metal powders?

According to ISO4490, the flowability of metal powders is usually measured with a Hall flow meter.

The measurement process is:
- Weigh 50g + 0.1g sample;
- Plug the hole in the funnel with the finger;
- Pour the sample into the funnel;
- Quickly remove the finger from the small hole and start the stopwatch at the same time (precision 0.2S);
- Wait until the powder sample runs out, and stops the timing immediately;
- Evaluate the fluidity of the metal powder through the time of the 50g powder passing through the hole.
The standard funnel of the Hall flowmeter needs to be calibrated by a standard sample with a flow speed of 40 + 0.5s/50g.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

ViewSizer 3000

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 2, 2024. Posted in Products.

Horiba Scientific
ViewSizer 3000

Simultaneous Multi-Laser Nanoparticle Tracking Analysis (NTA)

Measurement range 10 nm – 15 µm
Concentration Measurement Range: 1E5 to 1E9 particles/mL
No cross-contamination

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

Exosomes? Virus? Nanoparticle? Use multiple lasers for complete, detailed analysis of all the particles in your sample.

Exosomes, viruses, and nanoparticles all have wide size distributions which defeat traditional Nanoparticle Tracking Analysis (NTA) analyzers. The ViewSizer 3000 features simultaneous measurement with three lasers to collect the most accurate distribution and concentration information over a wide range of sizes within the same sample. Where the signal from a particle is too bright and saturates the detector from one laser, the software automatically uses data from a lower power laser to ensure the most accurate size and concentration information. On the other hand, when scattering from one laser is too weak for detection, the software uses data from a higher power laser to accurately track the particle.

Cross contamination is a concern in all analyses. Simplified cleaning means thorough cleaning. The easy-to-remove sample cells can be dissassembled for rapid, thorough cleaning, which leads to better data.

Escape the limits of traditional Nanoparticle Tracking Analysis

Accurate and sensitive analysis without cross contamination

Applications

Vaccine Manufacturing

Infectious Titer

Emulsion Polymerisation

Whiskey

Powder Metallurgy

Protein Aggregation

Exosomes

Protein Therapeutics

Drinking Water

Extracellular Vesicles

Features

The ViewSizer 3000 uses the latest advances in nanoparticle tracking analysis (NTA) to accurately determine particle properties!

Size Measurement Range: 10 nm to 15 microns depending on sample

The ViewSizer determines particle size and size distribution details by multi-laser nanoparticle tracking analysis (NTA). Multiple lasers enable analysis of a broad range of sizes in the same sample.

Concentration Measurement Range: 1E5 to 1E9 particles/mL

NTA can be used to count particles in the measurement volume. A patented method corrects for the effect of particle size on effective measurement volume.

No cross-contamination

The sample cell can be completely removed and dissassembled for complete cleaning. Disassembly, cleaning, and reassembly is faster than rinsing a flow cell. Furthermore, multiple cells can be used for faster throughput or assigned to various groups in a shared (core) facility.

Featured Publications for the ViewSizer 3000:

A lipase-independent pathway of lipid release and immune modulation by adipocytes	https://science.sciencemag.org/content/363/6430/989
Application of a novel new multispectral nanoparticle tracking technique	https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1361-6501/aab940/meta
Biophysical characterization of polydisperse liposomal adjuvant formulations	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbrc.2020.05.156
Characterisation of particles in solution – a perspective on light scattering and comparative technologies	https://doi.org/10.1080/14686996.2018.1517587
Cyclodextrin Reduces Intravenous Toxicity of a Model Compound	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.xphs.2019.01.004
Development and anti-Candida evaluation of the vaginal delivery system of … nanosuspension-loaded thermogel	https://doi.org/10.1080/1061186X.2018.1434660
Electrochemical sensor based on F,N-doped carbon dots decorated laccase for detection of catechol	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jelechem.2019.03.071
Light scattering by pure water and seawater: the depolarization ratio and its variation with salinity	https://doi.org/10.1364/AO.58.000991
Lipid Nanoparticle-Delivered Chemically Modified mRNA Restores Chloride Secretion in Cystic Fibrosis	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ymthe.2018.05.014
Mesenchymal Stromal Cell Bioreactor for Ex Vivo Reprogramming of Human Immune Cells	https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-67039-w
Multifunctional Nanocomposites Based on Liposomes and Layered Double Hydroxides Conjugated with Glycylsarcosine for Efficient Topical Drug Delivery to the Posterior Segment of the Eye	https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.molpharmaceut.8b01136
Particle size analysis of polydisperse liposome formulations with a novel multispectral advanced nanoparticle tracking technology	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijpharm.2019.06.013
Review of nanoparticles in ultrapure water: definitions and current metrologies for detection and control	https://www.ovivowater.com/review-of-nanoparticles-in-ultrapure-water-definitions-and-current-metrologies-for-detection-and-control/
Spark erosion as a high-throughput method for producing bimodal nanostructured 316L stainless steel powder	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2018.01.012
Synthesis and Characterization of EGFR-Targeted Immunoporphysomes	http://hdl.handle.net/1807/89548
Synthesis of Ultrasmall Synthetic Melanin Nanoparticles by UV Irradiation in Acidic and Neutral Conditions	https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acsabm.9b00747
Nanoparticle Tracking Analysis for the Quantification and Size Determination of Extracellular Vesicles \| Protocol (jove.com)	https://doi.org/10.3791/62447
Isolation and characterization of EV in Saliva of Children with Asthma	https://evcna.com/article/view/3962
Spinal cord injury alters microRNA and CD81+ exosome levels in plasma extracellular nanoparticles with neuroinflammatory potential	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbi.2020.12.007
Skeletal muscle tissue secretes more extracellular vesicles than white adipose tissue and myofibers are a major source ex vivo but not in vivo	https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.09.27.313932
Human milk extracellular vesicle miRNA expression and associations with maternal characteristics in a population-based cohort from the Faroe Islands	https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-021-84809-2
Purification of Cas9 – RNA Complexes by Ultrafiltration	https://doi.org/10.1002/btpr.3104
Assessment of Surface Glycan Diversity on Extracellular Vesicles by Lectin Microarray and Glycoengineering Strategies for Drug Delivery Applications	https://doi.org/10.1002/smtd.202100785
Bioactive extracellular vesicles from a subset of endothelial progenitor cells rescue retinal ischemia and neurodegeneration	https://doi.org/10.1172/jci.insight.155928
Circulating Extracellular Vesicles From Septic Mice Induce Brain Inflammation via Mirna Cargo	http://hdl.handle.net/10713/19055

Specifications

Measurement Range	10 nm to 15 μm
Typical Sample Volume	350 µL to 2.5 mL
Typical Sample Concentration (Sample dependent)	10^5 – 10^9 particles/mL/p>
Sample Temperature Range (Controlled)	10° C to 50° C +/- 0.1° C
Dimensions	55 cm W x 66 cm D x 35 cm H
Weight	27 kg
Operational Environment	15° C to 30° C with < 85% RH

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

BeDensi B1

Written by Sophie Lindsey on February 1, 2024. Posted in Products.

Bettersize
BeDensi B1

Bulk Density Analyser

Measurement: Bulk density
Testing sample: Except for metal powders
Technology: Natural deposition

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The BeDensi B1 is a bulk density analyser designed to provide accurate and reliable measurements of bulk density for samples other than metal powders. It uses the natural deposition method and is compliant with GB/T16913.3-1997-Part III: Determination of bulk density, ensuring that your results are always precise and consistent. With its easy-to-use and versatile capabilities, the BeDensi B1 is the perfect choice for anyone who needs reliable bulk density measurements for their materials and processes.

Key Features

1. Natural deposition method for accurate measurements:

The BeDensi B1 bulk density analyser uses the natural deposition method to provide highly accurate measurements of bulk density. This technology ensures that your results are always reliable and precise, no matter what type of material you are testing.

2. Designed for testing samples other than metal powders:

The BeDensi B1 bulk density tester is specifically designed for testing samples that are not metal powders, making it a versatile choice for a wide range of applications. Whether you are working with plastics, ceramics, or other non-metallic materials, the BeDensi B1 can provide accurate and reliable measurements of bulk density. With its easy-to-use and intuitive controls, it’s easy to get precise measurements of your materials, allowing you to make informed decisions about your processes and products.

3. Compliant with GB/T16913.3-1997-Part III: Determination of bulk density:

The BeDensi B1 bulk density tester is fully compliant with GB/T16913.3-1997-Part III: Determination of bulk density, ensuring that your results meet industry standards and are accepted around the world. This rigorous standard sets out precise guidelines for measuring bulk density, ensuring that your results are accurate and reliable. By using a compliant bulk density tester like the BeDensi B1, you can be confident that your measurements are consistent and comparable, allowing you to make informed decisions about your materials and processes.
Technology
Introduction

Powder characterization includes flow measurements, morphology, particle size distribution, density, and chemical composition. Bettersize PowderPro Series instruments are mainly used for the analysis of the powder physical properties by testing items such as angle of repose and fall, angle of spatula (flat plate angle), bulk and tapped density, dispersibility, voidage and cohesion, angle of difference, compressibility, uniformity, flowability Index, floodability index, sieve size, angle of slide, etc.

What are bulk density, tapped density and compressibility, flowability index?

Bulk density: fill the powder sample into a measuring cup, and flatten the top, the ratio of the powder mass to the volume of the cup is defined as bulk density. It indicates the mass of the powder that can be added into the vessel per volume under normal conditions.

Tapped density: fill the powder sample into a measuring cup; vibrate the cup at a certain amplitude and frequency to remove air from the powders. After reaching the required vibration time, flatten the sample. The ratio of the powder mass to the volume of the cup is defined as tapped density. Tapped density indicates the mass of powders filled into the vessel per volume after excluding air from the powders. The data of bulk density and tapped density are often used for the design of vessels, bags, and tanks for powder storage.

Compressibility: it is the ratio of the difference between tapped density and bulk density to tap density. It shows the degree of volume reduction from bulk to tap state.

Flowability Index: is a set of numerical values obtained by the weighted summation of angle of repose, Compressibility, angle of spatula, uniformity, and cohesion. It is used to comprehensively evaluate the flowability of the powder. The Flowability Index is mainly used to describe powder flowability under gravity.

What are angle of repose, angle of fall, angle of difference, and flat plate angle (angle of spatula)?

Angle of repose: Under the static balance, the angle between the slope of a powder pile and the horizontal plane is angle of repose. It is measured when the powders fall to a surface via gravity and form a cone. It indicates the flowability of the powders. The smaller the angle of repose is, the better the flowability of the powders.

Angle of fall: After measuring the angle of repose, apply an external force to the powder pile to collapse it. The angle between the slope of the collapsed pile and the horizontal plane is defined as angle of fall.

Angle of difference: It means the difference between the angle of repose and the angle of collapse. The larger the angle of difference is, the better flowability of the powders.

Flat plate angle: immerse a plane in the powder pile; pull up the plane vertically, and one angle is formed between the slope of the powders on the plane and the plane. Apply an external force to obtain another angle. The average of these two angles is flat plate angle. The smaller the flat plate angle is, the better the flowability of the powders. The flat plate angle is usually larger than the angle of repose.

How to measure flowability of metal powders?

According to ISO4490, the flowability of metal powders is usually measured with a Hall flow meter.

The measurement process is:
- Weigh 50g + 0.1g sample;
- Plug the hole in the funnel with the finger;
- Pour the sample into the funnel;
- Quickly remove the finger from the small hole and start the stopwatch at the same time (precision 0.2S);
- Wait until the powder sample runs out, and stops the timing immediately;
- Evaluate the fluidity of the metal powder through the time of the 50g powder passing through the hole.
The standard funnel of the Hall flowmeter needs to be calibrated by a standard sample with a flow speed of 40 + 0.5s/50g.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Moxi V

Written by Sophie Lindsey on January 31, 2024. Posted in Products.

Orflo
Moxi V

Automated Cell Counter

True Cell Viability Counts
Precision Sizing
Highly Accurate
Rapid Assays

Gold Standard Automated Cell Counter, Cell Size, and Viability

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The Orflo Moxi V is your top choice for an Automated Cell Counter due to its exceptional accuracy and efficiency. Utilising Coulter Principle and fluorescence-based technology, it provides precise, reliable results quickly. Its user-friendly interface and high-throughput capability streamline operations, making it ideal for research. With its compact design and robust performance, the Moxi V ensures consistent, high-quality cell analysis, making it a valuable addition to any laboratory.

Overview
The Moxi V Automated Cell Counter provides a combination of volumetric cell sizing (Particle Sizer) with simultaneous fluorescence (Cell Analyzer) to provide the most accurate cell counts, size, and viability in the industry. Specifically, the Moxi V employs the Coulter Principle to precisely measure the volumetric particle size of each particle for exact size measurements down to 3um in diameter (14fL volume), easily distinguishing between cells and debris. The system is also equipped with a 532nm laser and a 561nm/LP detection channel for robust cell viability analysis. Propidium Iodide (PI)-stained dead cells measure 50-100 times brighter fluorescence on the system than do live cells, removing the ambiguity associated with traditional Trypan Blue viability assessments. For each test, these size and viability measurements are applied, individually, to up to 23,000 cells in a matter of a few seconds. This ensures the highest level of precision and statistical robustness. As the fluidic volume is precisely metered as well, the particle counts are presented as an exact cell concentration.

The Moxi V employs a patented, single-use, microfluidic flow cell. The flow cells eliminate the hassle of traditional Cell Analyzers and Coulter Counters, eliminating the need for cleaning, maintenance, clearing of clogs, cross contamination and occasionally replacement of bottles and tubes. The Moxi V uses very little sample volume, 60ul, allowing you to conserve your precious, potentially expensive, sample (e.g. stem cells). Cell concentrations as low as 10 cells/ul are possible, typically requiring just 5ul of cell sample diluted in 55ul of PBS.

The Moxi V™ system comes standard with an ultra-intuitive, plug-and-play interface with free OS updates for as long as you own the instrument. No prior Cell Analysis experience is required – you simply just plug and play.

Some Key Features of the Moxi V include:
- True Cell Viability Counts – 50-100x more sensitive than vision counters.
- Precision Sizing – Uses the Coulter Principle to get precise cell volumes with CVs less than 3% and no need for triplicates.
- Highly Accurate – Accurate counts for smaller cells down to 3um (i.e. nuclei, RBCs). Uniquely accurate at low cell concentrations down to 10 cells per ul.
- Rapid Assays – Offers a less than 15 second test that counts up to 23,000 cells compared to 200-300 counts on most vision counters.

Technical Specs

Id	MXV102
Included accessories	USB power cord, US style USB power adapter, and Type S+ cassette pack
AC power type	110 VAC
Applications	Gold Standard Cell Count, Cell Size, and Viability
Battery Type	Rechargeable 3.7 V, 7500 mAh lithium ion
Cassette types	Type S+
Cell Particle Concentration Range	10,000 – 5,000 cells/mL Type S+
Cell types tested	HEK-293 HeLa PC12 CD3+T CHO-K1 Cos-7 HepG2 Hybridoma Jurkat E6-1 MCF7 Mesenchymal SC Monocyte Mouse ESC NIH 3T3 PBMC (cultured) Red Blood Cells (RBC) L5178y C. albicans (Yeast) S. cerevisiae Vin 13 (Yeast) S. cerevisiae X5 (Yeast) Wine Yeast (natural fermentaion) S.cerevisiae (Baker’s Yeast Safale US-05 Yeast
Data output formats	FCS 3.1, screen shots (.bmp), CSV
Data storage capasity	4Gb
Display resolution	800 x 480 colour touchscreen
Excitation wavelengths	532nm
In British units	8 lbs
Intended use statement	For Research Use Only. Product is not for use in diagnostic procedures
Laser colour	Green
Measurable dynamic range	3 – 27 microns Type Type S+ 4 – 35 microns Type MF-M
Measurement time	10 seconds Type S+
MPI cell health ratio	Yes (Size histogram only)
Number of detection channels flow parameters	2 colour, 1 size, 1 forward extinction
Number of PMTs	1
Optical detection range	561nm/LP (e.g. PI)
Particle size detection method	Impedimetric (Coulter Principle)
Pre-programmed tests	Gold Standard Cell Count, Cell Size, and Viability
Sample type	Cell Preparations
Sample volume	60 µL
Supported connectivity	USB on-the-go
Useable cell volume	14 – 10,306 fL Type S+ 14 – 22,449 fL Type MF-M
Weight	3.6 kg

How it works

The operating principle behind the Moxi V is a unique combination of Coulter-Principle cell size determination with simultaneous fluorescence detection. As cells flow single file through the microfabricated single-use flow cell the volume of each particle is measured at the exact same time as their primary fluorescence is measured using a 532nm solid state diode laser with a 561nm/LP (e.g. PI) emission filter. Thousands of cells are measured in the 10 second read time and the data are plotted in a gradient density scatter plot as Cell size (volume) vs. Fluorescence (PMT voltage). Gating is automatically performed by the system but can be easily adjusted/tuned by the user. The resulting live/dead ratios are automatically calculated (depending on the app selected). The analyzed data can also be displayed as a two color size histogram. Total volumetric cell counts are automatically determined for each test by precisely measuring the volume of fluid being analysed.

Step 1:
Select desired app, insert the cassette and close the doors.

Step 2:
Once auto-alignment is complete, open the top door and pipette 60μl of labelled sample into the cassette.

Step 3:
Close the top door, assays run automatically and results are generated in ~10 seconds. Note: Each cassette holds 2 tests. When Sample 1 is complete, simply re-insert other end of cassette into Moxi V, and load Sample 2.

Data

Data can be displayed on the unit in both a color density scatter plot and a two color size histogram. Simply drag gates using the intuitive touch display for instant live/dead ratio calculations and each of the gated volumetric cell counts (i.e., total population, live population, and dead population (Viability App). The mean cell volume for the gated populations is also automatically displayed on the unit. Results from each test are stored in the standard FCS 3:1 format and can be viewed using any Cell Analysis package. The actual Moxi V screenshots from each assay (dot plots and histograms) are also stored in bitmap format for use online. Hundreds of files can be stored on each Moxi V and are easily transferred to a Mac or PC using USB on-the-go. No aditional software is required.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Moxi GO II

Written by Sophie Lindsey on January 30, 2024. Posted in Products.

Orflo
Moxi GO II

Mini Automated Cell Analyzer

Small footprint enables portability and convenience.
Fast (<10 sec) test times and no warm-up periods ensure rapid results.
Intuitive, touchscreen design for ease of use.
No cleaning or maintenance required.

Next Generation Coulter-Principle Cell Analyser.

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The Orflo Moxi GO II Cell Analyser is the best solution for cell counting due to its precision, speed, and ease of use. Combining Coulter Principle-based sizing with fluorescence-based viability, it offers highly accurate and reproducible results. Its intuitive interface and automated processes ensure rapid and user-friendly operation, making it ideal for both novice and experienced users. The Moxi GO II’s compact design and high-throughput capabilities make it perfect for various applications, including research labs and biotech industries, providing consistent and reliable cell analysis.

Overview

Combines the Coulter Principle (for highly-accurate cell counts and exact, volumetric cell sizing) with a 488nm laser and two PMT fluorescence detection channels (for cell health assays, robust CAR-T monitoring, cellular response profiling, and immuno-profiling).

The Moxi GO II’s new Auto-Gating feature will analyse results in an accurate, repeatable way to provide the most consistent results — presented in a simplified new Data Summary page. The new Batch Mode feature allows you to run multiple tests of the same sample type. It will auto-find live and dead cell populations, eliminating user-to-user variability.

Technical Specs

Id	MXG102
Included accessories	USB power cord, US style USB power adapter, and Type S+ cassette pack
AC power type	110 VAC
Applications	Mulitplexed Bead ELISA’s In Cell Westerrns In Cell Protein Quant GFP Gold Standard Cell Count and Viability Mito Potential ROS Phagocytosis
Battery Type	Rechargeable 3.7 V, 4400 mAh lithium ion
Cassette types	Type S+
Cell Particle Concentration Range	5,000 – 1,000,000 cells/mL Type S+
Cell types tested	HEK-293 HeLa PC12 CD3+T CHO-K1 Cos-7 HepG2 Hybridoma Jurkat E6-1 K562 MCF7 Mesenchymal SC Monocyte Mouse ESC NIH 3T3 PBMC (cultured) Red Blood Cells (RBC) L5178y C. albicans (Yeast) S. cerevisiae Vin 13 (Yeast) S. cerevisiae X5 (Yeast) Wine Yeast (natural fermentaion) S.cerevisiae (Baker’s Yeast Safale US-05 Yeast
Data output formats	FCS 3.1, screen shots (.bmp), CSV
Data storage capasity	4Gb
Display resolution	800 x 480 color touchscreen
Excitation wavelengths	488nm
In British units	10 lbs
Intended use statement	For Research Use Only. Product is not for use in diagnostic procedures
Laser colour	Blue
Measurable dynamic range	3 – 27 microns Type Type S+ 4 – 35 microns Type MF-M
Measurement time	10 seconds Type S+
MPI cell health ratio	Yes (Size histogram only)
Number of detection channels flow parameters	2 color, 1 size, 1 forward extinction
Number of PMTs	2
Optical detection range	525/45nm (e.g. FITC, GFP) and 561nm/LP (e.g. PE, RFP)
Particle size detection method	Impedimetric (Coulter Principle)
Platform	Open platform: 561nm/LP (PI, PE, DS Red, Sytox Orange, 7 AAD, Nile Red, Rhodamine Red, Sun Coast Yellow, PE/Cy5), 525/45nm (FITC, GFP, Alexa Fluor 488nm, Calcein)
Pre-programmed tests	Mulitplexed Bead ELISA’s In Cell Westerrns In Cell Protein Quant RFP Gold Standard Cell Count and Viability Mito Potential ROS Phagocytosis
Resolution histogram bins	1000
Sample type	Beads Cell Preparations
Sample volume	60 µL
Supported connectivity	USB on-the-go
Useable cell volume	14 – 10,306 fL Type S+ 14 – 22,449 fL Type MF-M
Weight	4.53 kg

How it works

The operating principle behind the Moxi GO II Cell Analysers is a unique combination of Coulter-style cell size determination with simultaneous fluorescence detection. As cells flow single file through the microfabricated single-use flow cell the volume of each particle is measured at the exact same time as their primary fluorescence is measured using a 488nm (MXG102) solid state diode laser with and with the following emission filters – 525/45nm (e.g. FITC, GFP, Alexa 488) and 561nm/LP (e.g. PE, RFP). Thousands of cells are measured in the 10 second read time and the data are plotted in a gradient density scatter plot as Cell size (volume) vs. Fluorescence (PMT voltage). Gating is easily performed on the unit using a interactive touch display, and the resulting live/dead ratios are automatically calculated (depending on the app selected). The analyzed data can also be displayed as a two color size histogram. Total volumetric cell counts are automatically determined for each test by precisely measuring the volume of fluid being analysed.

Step 1:
Select desired app, insert the cassette and close the doors.

Step 2:
Once auto-alignment is complete, open the top door and pipette 60μl of labelled sample into the cassette.

Step 3:
Close the top door, assays run automatically and results are generated in ~10 seconds. Note: Each cassette holds 2 tests. When Sample 1 is complete, simply re-insert other end of cassette into Moxi GO, and load Sample 2.

Data

Data can be displayed on the unit in both a color density scatter plot and a two color size histogram. Simply drag gates using the intuitive touch display for instant live/dead ratio calculations and each of the gated volumetric cell counts (i.e., total population, live population, and dead population (Viability App). The mean cell volume for the gated populations is also automatically displayed on the unit. Results from each test are stored in the standard FCS 3:1 format and can be viewed using any Cell Analysis analysis package. The actual Moxi Flow screenshots from each assay (dot plots and histograms) are also stored in bitmap format for use online. Hundreds of files can be stored on each Moxi GO and are easily transferred to a Mac or PC using USB on-the-go. No aditional software is required.
Applications

Apoptosis Monitoring

Transfection Monitoring

Yeast Monitoring in Brewing

Immuno-phenotyping

Mitochondrial Membrane

Reactive Oxygen Species

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Magnometer

Written by Sophie Lindsey on January 30, 2024. Posted in Products.

Mageleka
MagnoMeter XRS^TM

Particle Suspension Characterisation Analyser

Remote operation for controlled or hazardous substances
Direct Digital Synthesis technology
Simple and intuitive software

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

MagnoMeter XRS – Particle Suspension Characterisation Analyser

The MagnoMeter XRS™ suite of instruments provides unmatched functionality and unparalleled particle suspension characterisation analyser, at any stage of the formulation or manufacture process, across any industry.

Mageleka’s flagship instrument is the MagnoMeter XRS™ RelaxoMeter, a powerful and versatile next-generation benchtop low-field NMR spectrometer that provides fast, accurate, particle suspension characterisation and solid-liquid interface analysis of dispersions and liquid-liquid interface analysis of emulsions. It is ideal for fundamental formulation R&D, rapid QC of incoming raw materials, and QA of final commercial products.

The RelaxoMeter Flow is ideal for use with heterogeneous suspensions where batch sampling is problematic. Use it to monitor milling processes in real time, and under industry-relevant conditions. Also for investigation of the impact of continuous addition of chemical reactants, and for laboratory studies of process control.

The SedimentoMeter is a simple benchtop device for: determining settling/sedimentation rates of slurries, investigating particle aggregation (coagulation/flocculation), and measuring fast or slow kinetic processes and mechanisms. It is ideal for accelerated aging and shelf-storage studies

Key Features

Separate magnet/probe assembly pod

Easily exchangeable for different nuclei and/or higher field strength magnets

Highly customizable pulse sequencing

Phase cycling, composite pulses, two channel RF, and 1D, 2D, and 3D shaped gradients

Remote operation

For use in controlled, hazardous, or radioactive environments.

Uses regular length NMR tubes

Four diameters available, from 2mm (highest resolution) to 10mm (lowest resolution)

Simple and intuitive software

Easy to use and upgrade PC software and a dedicated dual core ARM9 processor running Debian

All industry relevant concentrations

Measure materials or products at any stage of the formulation and manufacturing process
Applications

Raw Materials

Ink-jet

API Solution

Pigment Dispersion

Cosmetics
Capabilities

Separate magnet/sample probe assembly

The magnet/sample probe assembly – called a MagnoPod™ – is a separate, temperature-controlled unit. This practical feature allows the MagnoMeter XRS™ devices to be operated remotely. Each unit can accommodate multiple MagnoPods™, which adds flexibility and extends the scope of any application. The MagnoMeter XRS™ devices are ideal for use in controlled or hazardous environments, and can be integrated into production equipment. The small footprint saves space in any lab, and the low weight makes it easily portable.

By direct digital synthesis (DDS)

At the heart of the MagnoMeter XRS™ is state-of-the-art NMR technology (patent-pending). It features Direct Digital Synthesis, which incorporates a software defined radio device. Radio frequency generation and detection is done digitally; there are no analogue multiplexing steps in detecting the NMR signal. This next-generation technology provides the MagnoMeter XRS™ devices with exceptional resolution of complex solid-liquid and liquid-liquid formulations at any concentration – and at significantly faster speeds than the competition.

MagnoSoft™: simple and intuitive software

Measurements using the MagnoMeter XRS™ devices are based on the simple and intuitive MagnoSoft™ program, and operation requires minimal training and expertise. The MagnoSoft™ program can control multiple MagnoPods™ from one central control unit, which adds incredible flexibility and eliminates the need to purchase multiple instruments.

Highly-customisable pulse sequencing

The MagnoMeter XRS™ features phase cycling, composite pulses, and two-channel radio frequency and 3D shaped gradients, all customizable by the pulse programming interface of the MagnoSoft™ program. This makes possible 1D, 2D, and 3D imaging, robust self-diffusion measurement (10-9 to 10-13 m2s-1), droplet sizing analysis, polymer characterization in solution and melts, and more.

Uses regular length NMR tubes

With the MagnoMeter XRS™ there is no need to change the way you work – or the type of NMR tube you use. It is challenging to fill a narrow NMR tube with a highly viscous fluid, so larger-diameter tubes are needed. Conversely, when sample volume is very low, or higher resolution is needed, a narrow-diameter tube is ideal. Accordingly, the MagnoPod™ can accommodate four different diameter NMR tubes: 2 mm (highest resolution), 4 mm (standard resolution), 8 mm (lower resolution) and 10 mm (lowest resolution).

Measurements have never been easier

The MagnoMeter XRS suite of products offers the user a wide degree of flexibilty to meet their individual need. Do you need to measure samples at multiple locations, or analyse multiple nuclei? The MagnoPod™ is easily exchangeable, and convenient additional pods are available for a wide range of nuclei (including 7Li, 19F and 32P). Multiple MagnoPods™ can be connected and driven by one controller, all run by the powerful MagnoSoft™ program. Sometimes the difference between success and failure is a matter of degrees. All MagnoPods™ come standard with a temperature exchanger unit installed. An optional upgrade to a Peltier controlled system is available. Need more resolution? Higher field magnets are available. Talk to us, and we can tailor the MagnoMeter XRS™ to meet your specific needs.

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

HFlow-1

Written by Sophie Lindsey on January 29, 2024. Posted in Products.

3P Instruments
HFlow-1

Hall Flowmeter

Compliant with ISO 4490, ASTM B213-13
Determination of the flowability of metal powders

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

HFlow 1 Hall Flowmeter

Hall flowmeter for the norm compliant determination of the flowability of metal powders

Compliant with ISO 4490, ASTM B213-13

The HFlow 1 flowmeter funnel is a reliable and accurate device to measure bulk density and flow rate in pharmaceutical and metal powders. It allows the sample to flow through a standard Hall funnel, Carney funnel, or Gustavsson funnel, providing precise and reliable measurements of powder flowability. Complied with USP, Ph. Eur., ASTM, and ISO standards, it is ideal for use in laboratories and production facilities working with pharmaceutical and metal powders.

This instrument is crucial for characterizing powder behavior, which is essential for optimizing production processes in industries such as pharmaceuticals, food, cosmetics, and chemicals. By understanding the flow properties of powders, manufacturers can improve product consistency, reduce waste, and enhance overall production efficiency.

The HFlow 1 is designed for ease of use, with a user-friendly interface that simplifies the testing process. Its automated data collection and real-time analysis capabilities enable users to obtain results quickly, streamlining the workflow in laboratory and industrial settings. This efficiency is particularly beneficial in high-throughput environments where time and accuracy are critical.

Features and Benefits

● Measurement: Bulk density and Flow rate

● Technology: Flowmeter Funnel

● Three funnels: Hall (2.5 mm orifice), Carney (5 mm orifice), and Gustavsson (2.5 mm orifice).

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Moxi Z

Written by Sophie Lindsey on January 29, 2024. Posted in Products.

Orflo
Moxi Z

Mini Automated Cell Counter Kit

Produce repeatable cell counts with >95% accuracy in just 8 seconds
Improve downstream results with better quality control
Offers Precise Cell Counting
Assess cell culture health without reagents or dyes
Measure the smallest cells at very high concentrations

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

MOXI Z Mini Automated Cell Counter Kit – Coulter Principle Counts and Sizing.

The Orflo Moxi Z offers precise cell counting through its advanced Coulter Principle technology and fluorescence-based viability analysis. Its user-friendly interface ensures quick and accurate measurements, making it ideal for research and clinical settings, enhancing cell analysis efficiency with reliable, reproducible results for various applications.

For research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures.

Overview
Improve downstream results with better quality control.

Moxi Z is the only automated cell counter that combines the Coulter Principle typically used in high-end cell counters with a patented thin-film sensor technology to allow for highly accurate (> 95%) and repeatable particle counting and sizing for a broad range of cell types – from mammalian cells to cells as small as wine yeast and more. Since today’s workflows demand accurate quality control of samples, determining cell counts precisely has a significant impact on outcomes and downstream costs.

Produce repeatable, precise cell counting with >95% accuracy in just 8 seconds.

This ultra-small instrument uses patented microfluidic thin-film cassettes that enable automatic load and measure operation. The resulting single cell volumetric measurements are completely technique-independent. It provides the ideal alternative to the tedious manual counting associated with cytometers, or the inaccurate results associated with image-based automated cell counters (typical accuracies of 75-80%).

Assess cell culture health without reagents or dyes.

Moxi Z also automatically reports a unique cell health assessment index – MPI (Moxi Population Index) – without the need for reagents or dyes.MPI is a ratio of the cell population of interest relative to the entire particle distribution in that sample, factoring in dead cells that have shrunken or broken apart as well as other debris and contaminants in the sample. For monodisperse mammalian cultures this is closely correlated to the overall health of the sample.In the case of mixed cell populations, it’s provides an assessment of the relative fraction of the largest sized population in the sample. Unlike staining-based viability methods that focus on the uptake by dead cells and do not account for contaminants and other debris, MPI provides insight on the primary population of interest (based on size) and its relationship to ALL other particles in the sample.

Measure the smallest cells at very high concentrations.

Using the new Type S cassette, you can now accurately measure the smallest cells of any automated cell counter (down to 3um average diameter) at concentrations of up to 2.5e+6/ml. This means the new Type S cassette can measure Yeast (including wine yeast) and non-spherical particles down to 14 fL in volume.

Results in just 8 seconds
- Ultra-small and ultra-easy to use (no manual counting, no focusing of any kind)
- Complete, high-resolution cell size/count histogram
- Handles “de-aggregation” and coincidence events
- Post-processing/analysis of count distributions with user-adjustable regions/gates
- Assess cell health (MPI) without the need for reagents like Trypan blue

Technical Specs

Id	MXZ001
Included accessories	Instrument only
AC power type	110 VAC
Applications	Cell Counting \| Cell Size \| Cell Health
Average Cell Diameter Range	4 – 25 microns Type M \| 3 – 20 microns Type S
Battery Type	Rechargeable 3.7 V, 4400 mAh lithium ion
Cassette types	Type M \| Type S
CE Certification	Yes
Cell Particle Concentration Range	3,000 – 500,000 cells/mL Type M \| 3,000 – 1,750,000 cells/mL Type S
Cell types tested	HEK-293 HeLa PC12 CD3+T CHO-K1 Cos-7 HepG2 Hybridoma Jurkat E6-1 K562 MCF7 Mesenchymal SC Monocyte Mouse ESC NIH 3T3 PBMC (cultured) Red Blood Cells (RBC) L5178y C. albicans (Yeast) S. cerevisiae Vin 13 (Yeast) S. cerevisiae X5 (Yeast) Wine Yeast (natural fermentaion) S.cerevisiae (Baker’s Yeast Safale US-05 Yeast
Data output formats	.csv format (Orflo MoxiChart or Microsoft Excel)
In British units	1.5 lbs
Intended use statement	For Research Use Only. Product is not for use in diagnostic procedures
Measurable dynamic range	4- 34 microns Type M 3 -26 microns Type S
Measurement time	15 seconds Type S 10 seconds Type M
MPI cell health	Yes
Number of detection channels flow parameters	1
Overall dimensions	7.6 L x 4.3 W x 2.8 H (in)
Particle size detection method	Impedimetric (Coulter Principle)
Platform	No
Pre-programmed tests	None
Sample type	Mammalian Cells\|Large Yeast\|Large Algae\|Protozoa Type M Mammalian Cells\|Most Yeast\|Small Algae\|Small Protozoa Type S
Sample volume	75 µL
Supported connectivity	USB on-the-go; PC or Mac compatible; requires Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, or Mac OS X operating system
Useable cell volume	34 – 20,580 fL Type M 14 – 4,200 fL Type S
Weight	0.68 kg

How it works

Electronic current is passed through a small hole (Cell Sensing Zone) in a thin-film membrane. Cells flow substantially single file through the CSZ causing momentary increases in measured voltage that are directly proportional to cell or particle volume. Thousands of cells are measured during a single test and the size of each cell is plotted and saved in histogram format. Total volumetric counts are determined by precisely measuring the
volume of fluid being analysed.

Insert cassette into Moxi Z.

Pipette 75 μL sample into cassette. Touch Screen.

Finished! Automatic, hands-free measurement in just 8 seconds.

Note: Each cassette holds 2 tests. When Sample 1 is complete, simply re-insert other end of cassette into MoxiZ, and load Sample 2.

Data

Data For each measurement, a complete histogram is displayed as well as cell count, average cell size and Moxi Population Index. The raw waveform from the most recent cell count, containing each cell spike, is also stored on the Moxi Z and can be both viewed on the Moxi Z and uploaded to the PC for additional analysis. The Moxi Z also performs sophisticated curve fitting analysis to more accurately determine cell counts in the event of overlapping populations of cells (or debris), significantly improving the accuracy of the volumetric counts produced by the Moxi Z. Data for 500 samples may be stored on the unit. All data can be transferred to a PC/Mac via Bluetooth. No special software is required for the PC since date files are Excel®-compatible. Sophisticated PC/Mac compatible analys software is included with each Moxi Z. Cell health may be assessed by comparing differences in histograms from culture to culture.

Instructional Videos
Applications

Blood Cells

Monitoring Cell Health

Algal Growth

Yeast Monitoring

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

P4SPR

Written by Sophie Lindsey on January 23, 2024. Posted in Products.

Affinite
P4SPR

Surface Plasmon Resonance

Dual and Quad inlet modules
Fast assay development
Ideal for intermediate screening

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The P4SPR utilises Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) technology to deliver precise, real-time measurements of molecular interactions. This Surface Plasmon Resonance system is ideal for studying binding kinetics, affinity, and concentrations without the need for labels. By leveraging advanced SPR technology, the P4SPR enhances biosensing accuracy and sensitivity, making it an invaluable tool for research in fields like biochemistry, pharmaceuticals, and material science.

Core Technology

Basic thin film Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) found in most benchtop devices capable of detection in complex media such as serum, plasma, cell lysates, or wastewater.

Flexible Design

Adaptable from injection to sensor. Comes with two injection models with multiple options to meet your research needs

Rapid Data Processing

Intuitive software providing key data for biosensing and protein interaction characterization in real time.

Key Features
- Thin film-based Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR)
- Dimensions: 175 x 155 x 55 mm
- Weight: < 1.3 kg.
- USB powered
- Microfluidic cell min. volume: 50 uL
- Sensitivity: 2750 nm/RIU
- Resolution : 1 micro RIU
- Dynamic range: 1.33 to 1.39 refractive index unit
- Coefficient of variation on signal: < 0.6%
- Polychromatic light source
- P4SPR Control™ graphical user interface
- ezControl graphic user interface
- Output data compatible with TraceDrawer™
- CE Marked
Dual Inlet Module
Best for assay development
- Triplicate sample channel measurement with reference channel
- Connect to Affinité’s injection loop side module for kinetics analysis
Quad Inlet Module
Best for intermediate screening
- Simultaneous comparison of four different samples at once.
- Fewer chip consumable usage.
Applications

Gene Regulation

Environmental Waters

Protein-small molecule interaction

Immunosensing

Antibody QC

Protein-Protein

Protein

Vaccine

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Poroliq

Written by Sophie Lindsey on December 18, 2023. Posted in Products.

Porometer
Poroliq

Liquid-Liquid Porometer

Liquid-liquid technology
Designed to measure the smallest pores in the most fragile samples
For pore sizes down to 2nm
Offers Porosity Measurement

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The POROLIQ™ is a liquid-liquid porometer (LLP) that determines pore sizes based on the pressure step stability method. This means that a data point is only accepted on the condition that the user-defined stability algorithms for pressure and flow are met.

The Poroliq provides precise porosity measurement for a wide range of materials, ensuring accurate characterisation of porous structures. This advanced instrument is designed for detailed porosity measurement, including pore size distribution, pore volume, and surface area analysis. Ideal for industries such as pharmaceuticals, materials science, and manufacturing, the Poroliq enhances the understanding of material properties and performance. Its high sensitivity and user-friendly interface make it suitable for both laboratory and industrial applications, ensuring reliable and comprehensive data for quality control, research, and development.

Key Features

Complete and accurate measurements

The POROLIQ™ – widely regarded as the most accurate liquid-liquid porometer on the market – is very well suited to detect very small pores, as well as to characterize pressure sensitive membranes such as hollow fibers.

The instrument will first detect the opening of a pore at a certain pressure but will wait until all pores of the same diameter are completely opened before accepting the data point. This method results in a very accurate pore size measurement, down to 2 nm, and allows to calculate the true pore size distribution.

Technology and quality combined

All our porometers are designed and manufactured in-house, enabling us to equip our instruments with the best and latest technology.

The POROLIQ™ stands out of the crowd with its intelligent sensor switching, making sure that throughout the entire measurement the most suitable sensor is always engaged, resulting in very accurate measurements. Additionally, the Porometer is equipped with a highly advanced, multilevel stability algorithm for characterisation of complex pore structures. A more advanced and representative characterisation of your through pores is not possible!

Very intuitive and easy to use software

Even though our software is powerful and comprehensive, it’s also very intuitive and easy to use.

By allowing to change many parameters with a click of the mouse, the software enables its many users to tune the measurement to their exact needs. Additionally, the software, with built-in intelligence, gives the user access to many advanced functions, such as the re-evaluation function and the observation window.

Furthermore, our porometers are equipped with an onboard ethernet port allowing remote access via the internet for installation, support, and diagnosis.

Easily to understand and presentable output

With one click of the button, results are exported in word, excel or pdf. The Porometer software makes it very easy to present multiple measurements next to each other, allowing for a straightforward comparison between different filter media. Thanks to the adjustable scales, graphs such as wet and dry curve and pore size distribution are presented in a very clear and sophisticated manner.

Technical Specs

	POROLIQ™
	AQ	ML
Measurement mode	Full porometry	Full porometry
Method	Pressure step/stability	Pressure step/stability
Max pressure	40 bar/580 psi	40 bar/580 psi
Min pore (1)	2 nm	2 nm
Max pore (1)	0,3 µm	1 µm
Flow range	<1 μl/min – 10 ml/min	1 μl/min – 10 ml/min
Dimensions (DxWxH)	510x510x760 mm	510x510x760 mm
Weight	80 kg	80 kg
Displacement liquid	water-based	multiple liquids

(1) depending on the wetting liquid

Accessories

Horizontal hollow fiber sample holder

Specially designed inlay for 25 mm sample holder for horizontal measurements of hollow fibers.

Vertical hollow fiber sample holder (picture)

Specially designed inlay for 25 mm sample holder for vertical measurements of hollow fibers (pack of 5 pcs).

Deep sample tablet

Special sample tablet designed to host an inlay and a sample.

Metal inlay

For the sample holder for flat sheet sample (inner diameter 4 or 8.8).
Applications

Membranes

Hollow Fibres

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Porolux BP

Written by Sophie Lindsey on December 13, 2023. Posted in Products.

Porometer
Porolux BP

Bubble Point Tester

Bubble point measurement only
Quick and easy determination of the bubble point
For pore size analysis down to 0.1 µm

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The POROLUX™ BP is a bubble point tester, used to measure the largest pore size – often referred to as ‘bubble point (BP)’ – in media that are used for filtration and separation applications.

The Porolux BP excels in pore size analysis by precisely determining the largest pore size through bubble point measurement. This pore size analysis technique involves assessing the pressure at which gas displaces liquid from the largest pores, providing accurate data on pore structure. Ideal for characterising materials like membranes, filters, and powders, the Porolux BP ensures reliable results for both research and industrial applications. With its advanced technology, the Porolux BP delivers detailed pore size analysis, enhancing material performance evaluation and quality control processes. This makes it an essential tool for accurate and comprehensive pore size analysis.

Key Features

Quick, accurate and reproducible results

POROLUX™ BP delivers quick and accurate results of the first bubble point in the pressure range from 0 bar (0 psi) up to 5 bar (75 psi) and detects pores from ca. 300 μm down to 0.13 μm.

Thanks to its simplified operation, the POROLUX™ BP provides highly reproducible results for both the BP x-ml and BP dPL bubble point. This makes the POROLUX™ BP a clear choice for quality control and/or R&D in many companies producing filtration and separation media.

Full automatic detection of Bubble point

The ASTM F-316-03 standard defines the BP as ‘the pressure at which the first continuous stream of gas bubbles is detected’.

While this is based on visual detection, the POROLUX™ BP now offers a fully automated way to determine the bubble point.

Detection of both BP x-ml and BP dPL

The POROLUX™ BP can detect both the BP x-ml and BP dPL bubble point. The BP dPL is the bubble point measured as a deviation from the linearity of a user-defined pressure increase, while BP x-ml is the bubble point measured at a user-defined flow rate.

It is evident that the dPL bubble point generates highly reproducible measurements with correspondingly low scatter. The dPL bubble point is typically very accurate. However, at high pressures, the dPL bubble point can be falsely created by turbulence. In this case, we advise using the BP x-ml.

The instrument determines the bubble point by using digital pressure and flow sensors. In this way, the chance of a human error or the subjective operator’s opinion is eliminated. This helps to standardize the filter media testing in terms of consistency and reliability.

Technical Specs

Max pressure	5 bar/75 psi
Min pore (1)	0,13 µm
Max pore (1)	300 µm
Max flow	150ml/min
Bubble point	BP x-ml and BP dPL (*)
Dimensions	350x400x350 mm
Weight	10 kg

(1) Depending on the wetting liquid.

(*) BP x-ml is the bubble point measured at a user-defined flow rate. BP dPL is the bubble point measured as a deviation from the linearity of a user-defined pressure increase.

Applications

Membranes

Nonwovens

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Porolux Revo

Written by Sophie Lindsey on December 11, 2023. Posted in Products.

Porometer
Porolux Revo

Porous Materials Analyser

Gas-liquid technology with patent pending MP² technology
The most accurate pore size results combined with high resolution
For pore sizes down to 13nm

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The POROLUX™ Revo, the successor of the POROLUX™ 1000, is the revolution in porometry for porous materials. Setting the bar in step stability method with our patent pending MP² (Multistage Pressure Process) technology, the POROLUX™ Revo delivers the most accurate and reproducible pore size measurements, in the highest resolution.

Measuring porous materials with the Porolux Revo provides accurate and detailed insights into pore size and distribution. This advanced analyser utilises cutting-edge technology to assess porosity, including pore volume and surface area. Ideal for materials such as membranes, filters, and powders, the Porolux Revo enhances quality control and research by delivering reliable, high-resolution data. Its user-friendly interface and precise measurements make it an essential tool for thorough porous materials analysis.

Key Features

Patent pending MP² technology

MP² stands for Multistage Pressure Process. This innovative technology ensures a smooth pressure increase during the measurement and speeds up the process of reaching flow and pressure stability.

This advanced pressure built-up process makes it possible to do the measurements with smaller, and perfectly uniform pressure steps, leading to the most accurate and reproducible pore size results. Additionally, the technology makes it possible to record more data points in the pore opening region, resulting in more detailed pore size distribution curves.

Step stability method

The POROLUX™ Revo detects the opening of a pore at a certain pressure and waits until all pores of the same diameter are completely opened before accepting the data point. This method results in a very accurate pore size measurement and allows to calculate the true pore size distribution.

Additionally, the instrument can determine the bubble point in three different ways (largest pore according to ASTM F-316-03), a very unique feature in the market of porometry.

Next to that, results on mean flow pore size, smallest pore, pore size distribution, cumulative flow distribution & gas permeability are reported. With our enhanced mathematical model, we can also obtain additional results such as total pore number and total pore area.

Very intuitive and easy to use software

Not only is the fully integrated software powerful and comprehensive, it is also very intuitive and easy to use.

By allowing to change many parameters with a click of the mouse, the software enables its many users to tune the measurement to their exact needs. Additionally, the software, with built-in intelligence, gives the user access to many advanced functions, such as the re-evaluation function and the observation window.

Last but not least, the POROLUX™ Revo software comes with a very advanced curve smoothing and fitting function.

Straightforward and presentable output

With one click of the button, results are exported in word, excel or pdf. The Porometer software makes it very easy to present multiple measurements next to each other, allowing for a straightforward comparison between different filter media.

Thanks to the adjustable scales, graphs such as wet and dry curve and pore size distribution are presented in a very clear and sophisticated manner.

Technical Specs

	POROLUX™ Revo

Technique	Gas-liquid porometry
Measurement method	Pressure step/stability with patent pending MP² technology
Max pressure	35 bar/500 psi
Min pore (1)	13 nm
Max pore (1)	500 µm
Max flow	200 l/min
Bubble point	BP dPL, BP x-ml, BP pCF (*)
Dimensions (DxWxH)	530x530x755 mm
Weight	70 kg

(1) Depending on the wetting liquid.

(*) BP dPL is the bubble point measured as a deviation from the linearity of a user-defined pressure increase. BP x-ml is the bubble point measured at a user-defined flow rate. BP pCF is the bubble point measured as a user-defined percentage of the cumulative flow.

Accessories

Universal sample holder 3 in 1

Sample holder 3 diameters in 1 (13, 25 and 47 mm).

Hollow fibre sample holder

Specially designed sample holder for hollow fibres, including 5 sealant rings.

Sample holder of 25 mm diameter for thicker samples

External sample holder for samples of thickness up to 10 mm.

Customer specific solutions

Porometer can also create customer specific sample holders to meet special requirements, such as measuring thick samples, samples with larger diameters, working with assembled filter setups, etc.

Advanced liquid permeability

The liquid permeability extension performs a fully automatic measurement of the flow of liquid through a membrane or filter at a predefined pressure. The liquid is then collected in a receptacle and the weight data – which is recorded by the balance – is automatically transferred to the operating software, which calculates the liquid permeability.

This method is user friendly, very accurate and is strongly recommended when a lot of liquid permeability measurements are envisaged. The advanced liquid permeability extension consists of a hardware extension – including the liquid tank, an external sample holder, a balance and all tubing and connections, as well as a software extension.
Applications

Membranes

Ceramics

Metals

Hollow Fibres

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

Porolux Cito

Written by Sophie Lindsey on December 11, 2023. Posted in Products.

Porometer
Porolux Cito

Pore Size Analyser

Gas-liquid technology
Designed to deliver fast and reproducible results
For pore sizes down to 13 nm

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

The POROLUX™ Cito series are gas-liquid porometers (GLP) that determine pore sizes based on the pressure scan method. This is a fast, yet reproducible method whereby air pressure is continually increased while the resulting flow rates are recorded simultaneously.

The Porolux Cito Pore Size Analyser offers precise pore size analysis, delivering accurate measurements of pore volume and distribution. As a leading pore size analyser, it is designed for rapid and reliable characterisation of various materials. This pore size analyser ensures detailed insights into material properties, making it essential for applications in research and quality control. Its advanced technology and user-friendly interface make the Porolux Cito an indispensable tool for comprehensive pore size analysis.

Key Features

Fast, reliable and reproducible measurements

Our POROLUX™ Cito technology stands for fast and reproducible measurements of through pores in filtration and separation media.

The instruments determine the first bubble point (largest pore-ASTM F-316), mean flow pore size, smallest pore, pore size distribution,cumulative flow distribution & gas permeability with the highest accuracy in the whole pressure range.

Measurement after measurement, our porometers get you the most accurate and reliable results on the pore sizes of your materials.

Technology and quality combined

The POROLUX™ Cito series stands out of the crowd with its intelligent sensor switching. This ensures that the most suitable sensor is always engaged throughout the entire measurement.

As a result, very accurate measurements are obtained. Additionally, the porometers allow taking up to 400 real (measured) data points, resulting in the best possible resolution.

Very intuitive and easy to use software

Even though our software is powerful and comprehensive, it’s also very intuitive and easy to use.

By allowing to change many parameters with a click of the mouse, the software enables its many users to tune the measurement to their exact needs. Additionally, the software, with built-in intelligence, gives the user access to many advanced functions, such as the re-evaluation function and the observation window.

Furthermore, our porometers are equipped with an onboard ethernet port allowing remote access via the internet for installation, support, and diagnosis.

Easily to understand and presentable output

With one click of the button, results are exported in word, excel or pdf. The Porometer software makes it very easy to present multiple measurements next to each other, allowing for a straightforward comparison between different filter media.

Thanks to the adjustable scales, graphs such as wet and dry curve and pore size distribution are presented in a very clear and sophisticated manner.

Technical Specs

		POROLUX™ Cito
	Cito L	Cito M	Cito
Technique	Gas-liquid porometry	Gas-liquid porometry	Gas-liquid porometry
Measurement method	Pressure Scan	Pressure Scan	Pressure Scan
Max pressure	1.5 bar/22 psi	7 bar/100 psi	35 bar/500 psi
Min pore (1)	0.427 µm	0.091 µm	13 nm
Max pore (1)	500 µm	500 µm	500 µm
Max flow	200 l/min	200 l/min	200 l/min
Bubble point	BP x-ml and BP pCF (*)	BP x-ml and BP pCF (*)	BP x-ml and BP pCF (*)
Dimensions (DxWxH)	530x530x560 mm	530x530x560 mm	530x530x560 mm
Weight	30 kg	30 kg	35 kg

(1) Depending on the wetting liquid.

(*) BP x-ml is the bubble point measured at a user-defined flow rate. BP pCF is the bubble point measured as a user-defined percentage of the cumulative flow.

Accessories

Universal sample holder 3 in 1

Sample holder 3 diameters in 1 (13, 25 and 47 mm).

Hollow fibre sample holder

Specially designed sample holder for hollow fibres, including 5 sealant rings.

Sample holder of 25 mm diameter for thicker samples

External sample holder for samples of thickness up to 10 mm.

Customer specific solutions

Porometer can also create customer specific sample holders to meet special requirements, such as measuring thick samples, samples with larger diameters, working with assembled filter setups, etc.
Applications

Membranes

Nonwovens

Ceramics

Metals

Paper

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

BioLector XT

Written by Sophie Lindsey on September 25, 2023. Posted in Products.

Beckman Coulter
BioLector XT

Microbioreactor

Multiple processe
Enhanced PIDS Technology
Real data down to 10nm

$Beckman Coulter LS 13 320 XR Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyser 21 CFR Part 11$

BioLector XT microbioreactor accelerates your bioprocess development

High-throughput microbioreactor enables real-time evaluation of biomass, fluorescence, pH, dissolved oxygen in the liquid phase (DO), and other key cultivation parameters for aerobes and anaerobes.

Building on trusted BioLector Pro technology, the BioLector XT microbioreactor is based on a standard ANSI/SLAS (SBS) microtiter plate (MTP) format, and operates with online, pre-calibrated optical sensors. Disposable 48 well MTPs enable online measurement of cultivation parameters, while patented microfluidic technology supports simultaneous pH control and feeding. The optional microfluidic module eliminates manual liquid handling—no tubing or pipetting required, as everything is part of the beta-radiated ready-to-use plate.

Meritics are proud to partner with Beckman Coulter Life Sciences by hosting the UK demonstration unit of the BioLector XT microbioreactor at our premises. Extensive experience within the UK biologics sector and highly rated application and laboratory personnel makes Meritics the ideal partner to showcase the BioLector XT microbioreactor and its real-world applications.

© 2023 Beckman Coulter, Inc. All rights reserved. Beckman Coulter, the stylized logo and the Beckman Coulter product and service marks mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of Beckman Coulter, Inc. in the United States and other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Key Features
Innovative New Gassing Head
- Enables fed-batch experiments under anaerobic conditions
- Gassing with O2 within a range of 1% – 100% and with CO2 within 1% – 12 %
- Reduces gas consumption to a few mL/minute
- Optional humidification of gases reduces evaporation
Optional Microfluidic Module
- Unleashes full potential of the BioLector XT
- Complements online monitoring function with well-specific pH regulation/feeding
- Enables use of 2 reservoir wells per 4 cultivation wells
- Microvalves allot liquids at nanoliter-scale
“Plug-and-play” Plate Design
- Real-time kinetics out of 48/32 parallel cultivations
- Customisable feeding strategies (batch, fed-batch, bolus, continuous)*
- Control of pH on-the-plate with pre-calibrated optical sensors*
- Small working volume (800 – 2400 μL)
*Functionality requires optional microfluidic module
Intelligent BioLection Software
- Intuitive user interface supports multi-user environments
- Free programming of all control parameters
- Open system enables live data downloads
- Fast processor ensures rapid download of experiment data

Technical Specs

Volume	800 – 2400 µL
pH Range	pH 4 – 7.5 (depending on plate)
Scattered Light Measurement	Resolution > 50 NTU, at densities higher than 500 NTU: 10 % of measured value.
Height	522 mm(20.6 in)
Width	797 mm(31.4 in)
Depth	520 mm(20.5 in)
Temperature range	10 – 50 °C (minimum temperature 8 °C below ambient temperature)
DO Range	0 – 100% oxygen saturation (100% corresponding to the DO level reached while gassing with 100% O2 without O2 consumption)
Wavelengths	365 nm–800 nm
Weight	61 kg(134.5 lb)

Accessories

Microfluidic Module

The microfluidic (MF) module for the BioLector XT microbioreactor allows you to run up to 32 highly flexible, pH-controlled fed-batch cultivations in microscale during one cultivation experiment run.

Anaerobic Clutivation

The anaerobic module for the BioLector XT microbioreactor enables strict anaerobic fermentation processes combined with a controlled, low nitrogen gas flow rate.

CO2 Up Regulation

With the CO2 up-regulation module the microbioreactor continuously measures the CO2 level inside the chamber and automatically regulates the flow of CO2 into the chamber.

LED Filter

With the LED / filter module, the microbioreactor can measure additional fluorescences. An LED unit and two optical filter glasses are installed inside the BioLector microbioreactor.

O2 Down Regulation

With the O2 down-regulation module the microbioreactor continuously measures the oxygen level inside the chamber and automatically regulates the flow of nitrogen into the chamber.

O2 Up Regulation

With the O2 up-regulation module the microbioreactor continuously measures the oxygen level inside the chamber and automatically regulates the flow of oxygen into the chamber.

There is more information on all the accessories on the Beckman Coulter website
Applications

Yeast

E. coli

Probiotic Bacteria

Plant Cells

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you

BeScan Lab

Written by Sophie Lindsey on November 12, 2022. Posted in Products.

Bettersize BeScan Lab

Stability Analyser

Particle range 0.01 to 1,000 μm
Non-destructive stability analysis
Quantification of destabilisations and study of kinetics

BeScan Lab, the versatile, sensitive, and reliable stability analyser based on Static Multiple Light Scattering (SMLS) technology, is widely used in the formulation development and product quality control. It accommodates a wide range of sample concentrations up to 95% v/v and types such as emulsions, suspensions, and foams, with temperature scanning capabilities reaching up to 80 °C. BeScan Lab provides both qualitative analysis and quantification of destabilisation, helping you monitor long-term product stability and achieve optimal shelf life.

Features and Benefits

● Real stability analysis for dispersions with volume fraction up to 95%

● Particle size measurement range from 0.01 to 1,000 μm

● Non-destructive stability analysis: Non-contact, non-dilution, non-shearing

● 20 µm resolution data acquisition enables quicker sample stability observation than the naked eye

● Temperature control up to 80 °C to accelerate destabilisation

● Identification of various unstable phenomena: creaming, sedimentation, flocculation, coalescence, and phase separation

● Quantification of destabilisations and study of kinetics

Key Features
What BeScan Lab Provides?
- lnstability index (l_us)
- Mean particle size
- Hydrodynamic analysis
- Radar chart for regional l_us
- Temperature trend testing
- Particle migration rate
Why You Need It?

From Raw Materials to Finish

BeScan Lab plays a crucial role throughout the product lifecycle, supporting formulation, production, and pre-use stages. It enables formulation optimization, quality control during manufacturing, investigation into optimal transportation and storage conditions, and research on redispersibility

1. Research and development

Ensure excellent dispersibility and uniformity through raw material selection.

2. Production and quality control

Optimize production processes, including method, time, and temperature, to enhance efficiency.

3. Storage and transportation

Evaluate formulation stability under varying environmental conditions, observing destabilization, and predict shelf life.

4. Pre-use treatment

Study the reversibility of destabilization and compliance with usage standards.

Features & Benefits

Non-destructive stability analysis for various dispersions
- Non-contact, non-dilution, non-shearing
- Sample volume fraction up to 95%
- Particle size measurement range from 0.01 to 1,000 μm
Fast and direct stability measurement
- The high-performance LED and ultra-sensitive detectors, with a 20-micron scan step, allow real-time monitoring and capture of subtle variations 200 times faster than the naked eye
- Temperature control up to 80 °C to accelerate destabilization
Qualitative and quantitative stability results
- Identification of various unstable phenomena, such as creaming, sedimentation, flocculation, coalescence, and phase separation
- Quantification of destabilizations and study of kinetics
Advanced Measurement Principle

Static Multiple Light Scattering (SMLS) is employed to characterize the stability of dispersions. Within BeScan Lab, a setup comprising two detectors and an LED light source ascends along the sample cell to conduct sample scanning. In the case of concentrated samples, the backward detector is employed to detect backscattered signals, while for diluted samples, the forward detector is utilized to detect transmitted signals.

Versatile Applications
- Agrochemicals
Evaluate the stability of pesticide formulations to predict shelf life and ensure the consistent performance of suspension systems.
- Battery and Energy
Test the stability of electrode materials and electrolytes, crucial for enhancing battery performance and lifespan.
- Ceramics
Analyze the stability of ceramic slurries and monitor the stability of glazes and pigments, ensuring reliable production processes.
- Home and Personal Care
Ensure product stability in cosmetics, lotions, creams, and other formulations for reliable performance.
- Food and Beverage
Test the stability of food products, from milk to sauces, and assess the dispersibility of food powders to maintain product quality.
- Petrochemicals
Monitor and ensure the stability of oil products, providing critical insights into the long-term performance of lubricants and the behavior of polymers in oil.
- Pharmaceuticals
Conduct stability testing for medicinal formulations, assess long-term drug stability, and analyze biomacromolecule aggregation to ensure product efficacy.
- Paints, Coatings and Inks
Measure the stability of coatings and inks, and evaluate the dispersion of pigments and dyes for uniform product quality.
Technology
Static Multiple Light Scattering

Static Multiple Light Scattering (SMLS) is an optical technique used to directly characterize native concentrated liquid dispersions. This technique emits light into the sample, where it is scattered multiple times by particles or droplets before being detected.

BeScan Lab applies SMLS using an 850 nm LED as light source, with detectors set at 0° for capturing transmitted light and at 135° for backscattered light. This setup scans the sample vertically, analyzing the transmitted light for transparent systems, while the backscattered light is ideal for opaque systems.

The signals are collected at 20 μm intervals, which enables precise observation of changes in size (d) and concentration (Φ) of suspended materials.

Signal display

Customized scanning procedures allow presentation of scans with different colors corresponding to different scanning times. The overlap of scans demonstrates how signals diverge from the reference as they vary with height and time. Intuitively, the scans capture local changes that characterize unstable phenomena.

The example illustrates that during sedimentation, the backscattered signals (dBS) undergo a distinctive pattern of change: a decrease at the top and an increase at the bottom, which is attributed to the migration of particles.

Features
- Versatile measurement
No limitations on color or viscosity, and suitable for a wide range of samples from low to high concentrations (up to 95% v/v).
- Non-destructive and in situ
Measures without preparation, thus preserving the sample’s original characteristics.
- Wide particle size range
Capable of measuring particles from 0.01 to 1,000 μm.
- Applicable to various systems
Suitable for emulsions, suspensions, foams, and other dispersions, providing robust and high-resolution measurements.
Software
Dedicated Software

for Superior Qualitative and Quantitative Stability Outcomes

Qualitative Analysis – Identification of Destabilisation

BeScan Lab utilises near-infrared light and a precise 20-micrometer spatial resolution to detect early-stage destabilisation phenomena like phase separation, sedimentation, creaming and aggregation (flocculation, coalescence, and coagulation) well before they are visually observable.

1. Flocculation often results in uniform changes in transmitted or backscattered signals across the entire sample height.
- Common in wastewater treatment, electrode slurries, and drilling fluids.
2. Phase separation typically involves evolving interfaces between phases over time.
- Common in paints and coatings, cosmetics.
3. Sedimentation causes a decrease in backscattered signals at the top and an increase at the bottom in opaque samples.
- Common in slurries, pigments, pesticides, vaccines, and body lotions.
4. Creaming in opaque samples enhances backscattered signals while lowering bottom signals.
- Common in milk-based beverages, lipid emulsions, and pesticides.
Quantitative Analysis – Instability Index for Rating Guide

BeScan Lab provides the instability index (I_US), which quantifies the stability of dispersions. The calculation involves summing all signal variations across the entire sample height and over time, capturing all subtle variations within the sample. This facilitates sample comparison, as a greater instability index (I_US) indicates lower stability. An instability index is automatically calculated after every scan using the following formula:

BeScan Lab offers instability indices over time to compare the stability of different samples. A slower increase in the instability index indicates higher dispersion stability, resulting in a flatter curve. Analysing the trend allows for predicting long-term stability.

Time-dependent instability index

1. Phase separation dynamics and mean particle size

Hydrodynamic analysis reveals layer thickness and particle migration rate over time, thereby determining the hydrodynamic mean diameter.

2. Optical analysis and mean particle size variation

Particle size variation analysis is achievable with BeScan Lab, correlating transmitted and backscattered light signals.

3. Temperature trend measurement

Programmable temperature trend measurement up to 80°C, which explores stability under extreme conditions and accelerates destabilisation.

4. Radar chart

Global and regional instability indices for each scanning are illustrated in form of a radar chart, intuitively providing a way to investigate regional stability (top, middle, and bottom).

Specification

Parameters	Values
Measurement principle	SMLS (Static Multiple Light Scattering)
Detection angle	0° transmission and 135° backscattering
Light source	850 nm LED
Scan step	20 μm
Scan height	0 – 60 mm
Number of samples	1
Maximum volume fraction*	95%
Measurement range of particle size	0.01 – 1000 μm
Temperature range	RT – 80 ℃ (±0.5 ℃ )
Sample volume	4 – 25 mL
Measurement mode	Regular/Fixed point/Temp. trend
Dimension	460(L) x 260(W) x 280(H) mm
Weight	13.5 kg
Power	AC100 – 240 V, 50 – 60 Hz, 3.8 A
ISO compliance	ISO/TR 18811:2018, ISO/TR 13097:2013 ISO/TR 21357:2022, ISO/TS 22107:2021

* Sample and sample preparation dependent

Applications

3D Printing Slurry

Detergent

Dispersant

Electrode Slurry

Ibuprofen

Pestiside

Beer Foam

Not sure if it’s the right instrument?

No worries, send us a sample and we will test it for you